[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201200561A - Polyamic acid ester liquid crystal alignment agent, and liquid crystal alignment film using same - Google Patents

Polyamic acid ester liquid crystal alignment agent, and liquid crystal alignment film using same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201200561A
TW201200561A TW100108729A TW100108729A TW201200561A TW 201200561 A TW201200561 A TW 201200561A TW 100108729 A TW100108729 A TW 100108729A TW 100108729 A TW100108729 A TW 100108729A TW 201200561 A TW201200561 A TW 201200561A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
liquid crystal
crystal alignment
component
diamine
Prior art date
Application number
TW100108729A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI504676B (en
Inventor
Naoki Sakumoto
Yuho Noguchi
Masato Nagao
Yosuke Iinuma
Original Assignee
Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd filed Critical Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd
Publication of TW201200561A publication Critical patent/TW201200561A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI504676B publication Critical patent/TWI504676B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D179/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
    • C09D179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09D179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1075Partially aromatic polyimides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1075Partially aromatic polyimides
    • C08G73/1078Partially aromatic polyimides wholly aromatic in the diamino moiety
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2205/00Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
    • C08L2205/02Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing two or more polymers of the same C08L -group
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a liquid crystal alignment agent which can reduce microscopic irregularities on the surface of liquid crystal alignment films, improves liquid crystal alignment properties, and has improved electrical characteristics of every kind. The liquid crystal alignment agent contains component (A), component (B) and component (C). Component (A): a polyamic acid ester obtained from a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative containing a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative represented by general formula (1) as at least 60 mol% of the total tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative, and a diamine containing at least one diamine selected from the diamines represented by general formulae (2-5). Component (B): a polyamic acid obtained from a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, and a diamine. Component (C): a mixed solvent containing at least one type of organic solvent (C1) selected from a group comprising -butyrolactone and derivatives thereof, and at least one type of organic solvent (C2) selected from a group comprising N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and derivatives thereof, and in which the content of the organic solvent (C2) is 2%-30% by mass relative to the total amount of both organic solvents (C1, C2). (In general formula (1), R1 is a C1-5 alkyl group, and R2 is a hydroxyl group or a chlorine atom.) (In general formulae (2-5), A1 is a single bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, thioester bond, or a C2-10 divalent organic group, A2 is a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a thiol group, a nitro group, a phospate group, or a C1-20 monovalent organic group, a is an integer from 1-4, and when a is 2 or higher, the structure of A2 can be the same or different.)

Description

201200561 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明爲有關製作液晶配向膜用之含有聚醯胺酸酯之 液晶配向劑、該液晶配向劑所得之液晶配向膜。 【先前技術】 液晶電視、液晶顯示器等所使用之液晶顯示元件中, 通常於元件內部皆設置有控制液晶排列狀態之液晶配向膜 。液晶配向膜,目前爲止,主要爲使用以聚醯胺酸( polyamidoacid)等之聚醯亞胺前驅物或可溶性聚醯亞胺之 溶液爲主要成分之液晶配向劑塗佈於玻璃基板等,經燒培 所得之聚醯亞胺系的液晶配向膜。 伴隨液晶顯示元件之高精細化,對於抑制液晶顯示元 件反差之降低或降低殘影現象等要求,液晶配向膜,除具 有優良之液晶配向性或產生安定之預傾角(Pretiltangle ) 以外,對於高電壓保持率、抑制因交流驅動所產生之殘影 、施加直流電壓之際的產生較少殘留電荷,及/或提早緩 和因直流電壓所蓄積之殘留電荷之特性等將日漸變得重要 〇 , 聚醯亞胺系之液晶配向膜,爲回應上述之要求,而已 提出各種之提案。例如,提出可縮短因直流電壓所發生之 殘影至消失爲止之時間的液晶配向膜,可使用含有聚醯胺 酸或除含醯亞胺基之聚醯胺酸以外,再含有特定構造之三 級胺之液晶配向劑(例如,專利文獻1 ),或使用含有具 201200561 有吡啶骨架等之特定二胺化合物作爲原料之可溶性聚醯亞 胺的液晶配向劑之物(例如,專利文獻2 )等。又,具有 高電壓保持率,且可縮短因直流電壓所發生之殘影至消失 爲止之時間的液晶配向膜,例如可使用含有極少量之由聚 醢胺酸或其醯亞胺化聚合物等以外於分子內含有1個羧酸 基之化合物、分子內含有1個羧酸酐基之化合物及分子內 含有1個三級胺基之化合物所選出之化合物的液晶配向劑 (例如,專利文獻3 )等提案。 又,具有優良液晶配向性、具有高電壓保持率,較少 之殘影、優良信賴性、且顯示出高預傾角之液晶配向膜, 已知例如,使用含有具有特定構造之四羧酸二酐與環丁烷 之由四羧酸二酐與特定之二胺化合物所得之聚醯胺酸或其 醯亞胺化聚合物之液晶配向劑(例如,專利文獻4 )。又 ,於側向電場(lateralelectricfield)驅動方式之液晶顯示 元件中,抑制因交流驅動所發生之殘影的方法,已知已有 提出使用具有良好液晶配向性,且與液晶分子具有較大相 互作用之特定之液晶配向膜之方法(例如,專利文獻5 ) 〇 但是,近年則以大畫面且具有高精細度之液晶電視爲 主體,故對於殘影之要求將更爲嚴苛,且要求於嚴苛之使 用環境下亦可耐長期使用之特性。同時,所使用之液晶配 向膜相較於以往必須爲具有更高信賴性物品,故有關液晶 配向膜之各種特性,除必須具有良好之初期特性以外,例 如,亦尋求一種即使於高溫下長時間曝露後,也可維持良 -6 - 201200561 好之特性者。 又,亦有提出構成聚醯亞胺系之液晶配向劑的聚合物 成分中,聚醯胺酸酯於將其醯亞胺化時之加熱處理時,不 % 會引起分子量降低,故可得到安定之液晶配向性·優良信 4 賴性等之報告(例如,專利文獻6 )。但是,聚醯胺酸酯 ,一般而言,因具有高體積電阻、施加直流電壓之際會產 生大量殘留電荷等之問題。但是,目前仍未有可改善含有 該聚醯胺酸酯之聚醯亞胺系的液晶配向劑之特性的方法。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]特開平9-3 1 6200號公報 [專利文獻2]特開平1 0- 1 04633號公報 [專利文獻3]特開平8-76 128號公報 [專利文獻4]特開平9· 1 3 84 1 4號公報 [專利文獻5]特開平1 1 -3 84 1 5號公報 [專利文獻6]特開2003-2 6918號公報 【發明內容】 [發明所欲解決之問題] . 本發明者,對於可改善含有上述聚醯胺酸酯之液晶配 向劑的特性之方法,開始進行硏究聚醯胺酸酯,與具有優 良電氣特性之聚醯胺酸混合(blend )所得之液晶配向劑 °但是,由該聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸混合所得之液晶配向 劑所得之液晶配向膜,無論於液晶配向性與電氣特性中皆 201200561 未能達到滿足之程度。 即,含有聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之液晶配向劑所得之 液晶配向膜,除會引起白濁現象以外,液晶顯示元件於高 溫下使用之情形中,也會造成電壓保持率降低、因直流電 壓之蓄積而發生殘影,又,因交流驅動而發生殘影等之不 適當狀況。 本發明,則以提供一種含有聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之 液晶配向劑,其爲可製得具有優良之液晶配向性與電氣特 性的同時,也可得到沒有白濁之具有透明性的液晶配向膜 的液晶配向劑爲目的。 [解決問題之方法] 經由本發明者之硏究,對於由含有聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯 胺酸之液晶配向劑所形成之液晶配向膜進行解析結果,確 認膜表面產生微細之凹凸。此外,聚醯胺酸酯,於使用具 有特定構造之聚醯胺酸酯之情形,確認膜表面之微細凹凸 更爲擴大。但是,膜表面所產生之該些微細凹凸,可受到 液晶配向劑所使用之有機溶劑爲,含有2種以上之具有與 具特定構造之聚醯胺酸酯具有高度親和性之有機溶劑,與 ,與聚醯胺酸具有高度親和性之有機溶劑等之溶劑所得混 合溶劑時,再對該該2種以上之有機溶劑的比例進行控制 時,發現經由聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之相分離,而可將微 細凹凸抑制至較低程度,又,降低該膜表面所產生之微細 凹凸時,可使含有由聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸混合所得之液 -8 - 201200561 晶配向劑所具有之上述各種困難得到消除,因而完成本發 明。 即,本發明爲基於上述結論所完成者’其係具有下述 之主要內容。 1. 一種含有下述(A)成分、(B)成分及(C)成分 之爲特徴之液晶配向劑。 (A )成分·· 於全四羧酸二烷酯衍生物中含有60mol%以上之下述 式(1)所表示之四羧酸二烷酯衍生物的四羧酸二烷酯衍 生物,與 含有下述式(2)〜(5)所表示之二胺所成群所選出 之至少1個之二胺的二胺 所得之聚醯胺酸酯, [化1]201200561 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment film obtained by producing a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyphthalate for a liquid crystal alignment film and the liquid crystal alignment agent. [Prior Art] In a liquid crystal display device used for a liquid crystal television or a liquid crystal display, a liquid crystal alignment film for controlling a liquid crystal alignment state is usually provided inside the device. In the liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a solution of a polyamido acid precursor such as polyamido acid or a soluble polyimine is mainly applied to a glass substrate or the like. The polyimine-based liquid crystal alignment film obtained by the polymerization. With the high definition of the liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal alignment film has high pre-tilt angle (Pretiltangle) in addition to excellent liquid crystal alignment or stable pre-tilt angle for suppressing the decrease in contrast of the liquid crystal display element or reducing the image sticking phenomenon. Retention rate, suppression of residual images due to AC drive, generation of less residual charge when DC voltage is applied, and/or early mitigation of the characteristics of residual charge accumulated by DC voltage, etc. The imide-based liquid crystal alignment film has been proposed in response to the above requirements. For example, a liquid crystal alignment film capable of shortening the time until the disappearance of a DC voltage to disappear is proposed, and a specific structure may be used in addition to a polyaminic acid or a polyamido acid containing a quinone imine group. A liquid crystal alignment agent (for example, Patent Document 1) of the amine group, or a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a soluble polyimine having a specific diamine compound having a pyridine skeleton of 201200561 as a raw material (for example, Patent Document 2) . Further, the liquid crystal alignment film having a high voltage holding ratio and shortening the time from the occurrence of the residual voltage due to the DC voltage, for example, a polyamine or a ruthenium imidized polymer thereof can be used. A liquid crystal alignment agent other than a compound containing one carboxylic acid group in the molecule, a compound containing one carboxylic acid anhydride group in the molecule, and a compound selected from a compound having one tertiary amino group in the molecule (for example, Patent Document 3) And other proposals. Further, a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent liquid crystal alignment, high voltage holding ratio, less residual image, excellent reliability, and exhibiting a high pretilt angle is known, for example, using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a specific structure. A liquid crystal alignment agent of polyammonic acid or a quinone imidized polymer obtained from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a specific diamine compound with cyclobutane (for example, Patent Document 4). Further, in a liquid crystal display device of a lateral electric field driving method, a method of suppressing image sticking due to AC driving is known, and it has been known to use a liquid crystal alignment property and have a large interaction with liquid crystal molecules. A method of a specific liquid crystal alignment film (for example, Patent Document 5) 〇 However, in recent years, a large-screen and high-definition liquid crystal television is mainly used, so the requirements for image sticking are more severe and demanding It is also resistant to long-term use in the environment of use. At the same time, the liquid crystal alignment film used must have a higher reliability than the conventional one. Therefore, in addition to having good initial characteristics, various characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment film are required, for example, a long time even at a high temperature. After exposure, it can also maintain good characteristics of good -6 - 201200561. Further, in the polymer component constituting the polyimine-based liquid crystal alignment agent, when the polyglycolate is heat-treated during the imidization of the oxime, the molecular weight is not lowered, so that stability can be obtained. A report on the liquid crystal alignment, the excellent information, and the like (for example, Patent Document 6). However, polyglycolate generally has a problem of generating a large amount of residual charge due to high volume resistance and application of a direct current voltage. However, there has been no method for improving the properties of a polyimine-based liquid crystal alignment agent containing the polyphthalate. [PRIOR ART DOCUMENT] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei 8- No. Hei 8-76 No. [Patent Document 4] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. JP-A No. Hei No. Hei. No. 2003-2 6918. The problem to be solved by the present invention] The inventors of the present invention have begun to carry out research on polyglycolate and polyamine having excellent electrical properties in a method for improving the characteristics of a liquid crystal alignment agent containing the above polyphthalate. Liquid crystal alignment agent obtained by acid blending. However, the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained by mixing the polyphthalate and polyphthalic acid is not available in the liquid crystal alignment and electrical properties 201200561. To the extent of satisfaction. That is, the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by the liquid crystal alignment agent containing the polyphthalate and the poly-proline does not cause white turbidity, and in the case where the liquid crystal display element is used at a high temperature, the voltage retention rate is lowered. When the DC voltage is accumulated, image sticking occurs, and an image or the like is caused by an AC drive. The present invention provides a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyphthalate and a polyaminic acid, which can have excellent liquid crystal alignment and electrical properties, and can also have transparency without white turbidity. A liquid crystal alignment agent for a liquid crystal alignment film is intended. [Means for Solving the Problem] As a result of analysis by a liquid crystal alignment film formed of a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyphthalate and a polyphthalic acid, it was confirmed that fine irregularities were formed on the surface of the film. Further, in the case of using a polyphthalate having a specific structure, it was confirmed that the fine unevenness on the surface of the film was further enlarged. However, the fine concavities and convexities generated on the surface of the film may be an organic solvent used in the liquid crystal alignment agent, and may contain two or more organic solvents having a high affinity with a polyglycolate having a specific structure. When a mixed solvent of a solvent such as an organic solvent having a high affinity with polyglycine is used, when the ratio of the two or more organic solvents is controlled, it is found that the phase of the polyglycolate and the poly-proline Separating, the fine concavities and convexities can be suppressed to a low degree, and when the fine concavities and convexities generated on the surface of the film are lowered, the liquid-containing alignment of the liquid -8 - 201200561 containing the polyphthalate and the polyaminic acid can be obtained. The above various difficulties of the agent are eliminated, and thus the present invention has been completed. That is, the present invention has been completed based on the above findings, and has the following main contents. 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent containing the following components (A), (B) and (C). (A) component: a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative containing 60 mol% or more of a dicarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative represented by the following formula (1) in the tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative, and a polyglycolate obtained from a diamine containing at least one diamine selected from the group consisting of diamines represented by the following formulas (2) to (5), [Chemical Formula 1]

0) (式(1)中,R,爲碳數1〜5之烷基,R2爲羥基,或 氯原子)。 -9- 201200561 [化2]0) (In the formula (1), R is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R2 is a hydroxyl group or a chlorine atom). -9- 201200561 [Chem. 2]

[化3][Chemical 3]

(式(2)〜(5)中’ Αι爲單鍵、酯鍵結、醯胺鍵結 、硫酯鍵結,或碳數2〜10之2價之有機基’ A2爲鹵素原子 、羥基、胺基、硫醇基、硝基、磷酸基’或碳數1〜2〇之1 價之有機基,a爲1〜4之整數’ a爲2以上之情形’ A2之構 造可爲相同或相異); (B) 成分:四羧酸二酐與二胺所得之聚醯胺酸; (C) 成分:由丁內酯或其衍生物所成群所選出之 至少1種之有機溶劑(C1 ),與由N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、 1,3 -二甲基咪哩啉酮(1,3-D i me thy limi d azo 1 i dinone ),或 該些之衍生物所成群所選出之至少1種之有機溶劑(C2) 所形成之混合溶劑,其爲有機溶劑(C2)之含量,相對於 有機溶劑(C1 )與有機溶劑(C2 )之合計量爲2質量%〜 3〇質量%之混合溶劑。 2.如上述1所記載之液晶配向劑,其中,上述(A )成 分與(B)成分之含有比例,於質量比(A/B)爲1/9〜 -10- 201200561 9/1’ (C)成分之含量相對於(a)成分、(B)成分, 及(C)成分之合計量,爲70質量%以上。 3 .如上述1或2所記載之液晶配向劑,其中,(a )成 分爲由含有相對於全二胺爲40〜1〇〇莫耳%之上述式(2) 〜(5)所表示之二胺所成群所選出之至少1種之二胺的二 胺所得之聚醯胺酸酯。 4.如上述1〜3之任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中, (A)成分爲,使用含有由式(2)所表示之二胺及(3) 所表示之二胺所成群所選出之至少1種之二胺,與由式(4 )所表示之二胺及(5)所表示之二胺所成群所選出之至 少1種之二胺的二胺,所得之二胺所得之聚醯胺酸酯。 5 ·如上述1〜4之任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中, (A)成分爲,使用式(2)所表示之二胺,與由式(4) 所表示之二胺所成群所選出之至少1種之二胺的二胺所得 之聚醯胺酸酯。 6 ·如上述1〜5之任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中, 上述式(4 )之人2爲下述式(6)所表示之構造。 [化4] -A3-R3 ⑹ (式(6)中之A3爲單鍵、-0-、-S-、-ΝΙΓ3-、酯鍵結 、醯胺鍵結、硫酯鍵結、脲鍵結、碳酸酯鍵結,或胺基甲 酸酯鍵結,R3爲由可具有取代基之碳數1〜10之烷基、烯 基、炔基、芳基,及該些組合所得之基所選出,該些基可 -11 - 201200561 具有取代基。ir3爲由氫原子,或烷基、烯基、炔基 基’及該些組合所得之基所選出,該些基可具有取代 0 7.如上述1〜6之任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其 (A)成分爲使用含有由下述式(A_i)〜(A-5)之 所成群所選出之至少1種的二胺之二胺所得之聚醯胺 [化5] 、芳 基) 中, 二胺 酸酯(In the formulas (2) to (5), 'Αι is a single bond, an ester bond, a guanamine bond, a thioester bond, or a divalent organic group having a carbon number of 2 to 10'. A2 is a halogen atom or a hydroxyl group. An amine group, a thiol group, a nitro group, a phosphoric acid group or an organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, a is an integer of 1 to 4 'a is 2 or more cases' The structure of A2 may be the same or phase (B) Component: polyamic acid obtained from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine; (C) Component: at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of butyrolactone or a derivative thereof (C1) And with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3 - dimethyl imipenone (1,3-D i me thy limi d azo 1 i dinone ), or derivatives thereof a mixed solvent of at least one organic solvent (C2) selected in the group, which is an organic solvent (C2) content, and is 2% by mass based on the total amount of the organic solvent (C1) and the organic solvent (C2). ~ 3 〇 mass% of the mixed solvent. 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above 1, wherein the ratio of the component (A) to the component (B) is 1/9 to -10-201200561 9/1' in the mass ratio (A/B) ( The content of the component (c) is 70% by mass or more based on the total amount of the component (a), the component (B), and the component (C). The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above 1 or 2, wherein the component (a) is represented by the above formulas (2) to (5) containing 40% to 1% by mole based on the total diamine. A polyglycolate obtained from a diamine of at least one diamine selected from the group consisting of diamines. 4. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above-mentioned items 1 to 3, wherein the component (A) is a group comprising a diamine represented by the formula (2) and a diamine represented by the formula (3) a diamine of at least one selected from the group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of a diamine represented by the formula (4) and a diamine represented by the formula (5); The resulting polyphthalate. The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of the above-mentioned 1 to 4, wherein the component (A) is a diamine represented by the formula (2) and a diamine represented by the formula (4). A polyphthalate obtained from a diamine of at least one diamine selected from the group. The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of the above-mentioned formula (4), wherein the person 2 of the above formula (4) is a structure represented by the following formula (6). -A3-R3 (6) (A3 in the formula (6) is a single bond, -0-, -S-, -ΝΙΓ3-, ester bond, guanamine bond, thioester bond, urea bond , carbonate linkage, or urethane linkage, R3 is selected from a group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, and a combination thereof And the bases may have a substituent. The ir3 is selected from a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a combination of the groups, and the groups may have a substitution of 0. In the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above aspects, the component (A) is a diamine containing at least one selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (A-i) to (A-5). a polyamine obtained from a diamine, a aryl ester

8 ·如上述1〜7之任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其 (A) 成分爲使用含有上述式(1)之二胺,與由上述 A-1 )〜(A-5 )所成群所選出之至少1種之二胺的二 得之聚醯胺酸酯。 9.如上述1〜8之任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其 (B) 成分爲使用含有由下述式(B-1)〜(B-9)之 中, 式( 胺所 中, 四羧 -12- 201200561 酸二酐所成群所選出之至少1種的四羧酸二酐所得之聚醯 胺酸。 [化6]The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above 1 to 7, wherein the component (A) is a diamine containing the above formula (1) and is formed by the above A-1) to (A-5). A polyglycolate of the second selected from the group consisting of at least one diamine. 9. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above-mentioned items 1 to 8, wherein the component (B) is contained in the following formula (B-1) to (B-9); Tetracarboxyl-12-201200561 A polyphthalic acid obtained by grouping at least one tetracarboxylic dianhydride selected from a group of acid dianhydrides.

1 〇.如上述1〜9之任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中 ,(B)成分爲由相對於全四羧酸二酐具有20莫耳%以上 之上述式(B-1)〜(B-9)所成群所選出之至少1種的四 羧酸二酐之四羧酸二酐與二胺所得之聚醯胺酸。 1 1.如上述1〜1 0之任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中 ,(B)成分爲使用含有由下述式(B-10)〜(B-13)所 成群所選出之至少1種的二胺所得之聚醯胺酸。 -13- 201200561 [化7]The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above-mentioned items 1 to 9, wherein the component (B) is a compound (B-1) having a molar ratio of 20 mol% or more to the total tetracarboxylic dianhydride. (B-9) Polyphthalic acid obtained by grouping at least one tetracarboxylic dianhydride of a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine. 1. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above-mentioned items 1 to 10, wherein the component (B) is selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (B-10) to (B-13). Polylysine obtained from at least one diamine. -13- 201200561 [化7]

1 2.如上述1〜11之任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中 ,(Β)成分爲使用含有相對於全二胺爲20莫耳%以上之 上述式(Β·10 )〜(Β-13 )所成群所選出之至少1的二胺 之二胺所得之聚醯胺酸。 1 3 .如上述1〜1 2之任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中 ,(C)成分之有機溶劑(01)爲7-丁內酯,有機溶劑( C2)爲Ν -甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。 14. 如上述1〜13之任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中 ,(C)成分爲r-丁內酯與Ν-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮之混合溶 劑,(C)成分之含量相對於(A)成分、(B)成分,及 (C)成分之合計量爲8 0質量%以上。 15. —種液晶配向膜,其特徵爲,將上述1〜14之任一 項所記載之液晶配向劑塗佈、燒焙而得。 16. —種液晶配向膜,其特徵爲,將上述1〜14之任一 項所記載之液晶配向劑塗佈、燒焙,再照射偏光之放射線 而得。 -14- 201200561 [.發明效果] 本發明提供一種無論於凸版印刷或噴墨塗佈等之塗佈 方法,皆可得到液晶配向膜表面之具有低微細凹凸之效果 。此外,所得之液晶配向膜可降低因交流驅動所造成之殘 影等,而改善液晶與液晶配向膜之界面特性,且亦可改善 電壓保持率、離子密度,及直流電壓殘留等之電氣特性, 提高信賴性之液晶配向劑。 本發明中,液晶配向劑所使用之有機溶劑爲,含有2 種以上之具有與具特定構造之聚醯胺酸酯具有高度親和性 之有機溶劑,與,與聚醯胺酸具有高度親和性之有機溶劑 等之有機溶劑的混合溶劑,再對該該2種以上之有機溶劑 的比例進行控制時,其結果,會降低該膜表面所產生之微 細凹凸,且,具有含有聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之液晶配向 劑時,即可消除上述問題等,其原因尙未明瞭,但幾乎應 爲下述理由所得之效果。 本發明所記載之具有特定構造之聚醯胺酸酯,具有對 於r-丁內酯及其衍生物(有機溶劑(ci))爲高度親和 性’ N -甲基-2-吡咯啶酮或1,3 -二甲基四氫咪唑酮及其衍生 物(有機溶劑(C2 ))爲低親和性之傾向。又,聚醯胺酸 ’一般而言’對於上述有機溶劑(C2)具有高度親和性。 本發明者們之硏究得知,將溶解於有機溶劑(C 1 )所得之 聚醯胺酸酯與溶解於有機溶劑(C2)之聚醯胺酸混合( blend )之情形中’受到形成聚醯胺酸酯之貧溶劑的有機 溶劑(C2)之影響’使上述聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸變化爲 -15- 201200561 相分離狀態。 該現象推測與上述聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之溶解性有 關。以往於經凸版印刷或噴墨塗佈塗佈液晶配向劑後,塗 膜於50°C〜120°C乾燥之際,相較於上述有機溶劑(C2 ) ,具有高蒸氣壓之有機溶劑(C1)則較有機溶劑(C2)爲 更早揮發。如此,膜中之形成聚醯胺酸酯之貧溶劑的有機 溶劑(C2 )呈現過剩之狀態,會促進聚醯胺酸酯之凝集或 析出,故於聚醯胺酸酯移動至膜表層之前,因聚醯胺酸相 中形成聚醯胺酸酯之凝集體,故形成於膜表面具有多數微 細凹凸之膜。 又,有機溶劑(C2)過過少時會促進聚醯胺酸之凝集 或析出,聚醯胺酸酯相中形成聚醯胺酸之凝集體,故形成 於膜表面具有多數微細凹凸之膜。 相對於此,本發明之液晶配向劑,即使於使用具有特 定構造之聚醯胺酸酯之情形,於經由控制有機溶劑(C 1 ) 與有機溶劑(C2 )之比例,上述聚醯胺酸酯或聚醯胺酸於 未產生凝集或析出下,產生相分離,而形成聚醯胺酸酯未 與膜表面附近之聚醯胺酸混合下而存在,且聚醯胺酸於膜 內部及基板界面未與聚醯胺酸酯混合下而存在之狀態。 即,所得之液晶配向膜之表面,因聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯 胺酸之相分離,故沒有形成凹凸而可形成平滑之表面,且 可降低因發生凹凸所造成之膜的白濁現象。隨後,將具有 無凹凸之平滑表面的液晶配向膜,覆蓋於具有配向安定性 、優良信賴性之聚醯胺酸酯的膜表面時,且,因膜內部及 -16- 201200561 電極界面存在有具有優良電氣特性之聚醯胺酸等原因,故 具有優良之特性。 [發明之實施形態] < (A)成分> 本發明所使用之聚醯胺酸酯爲製得聚醯亞胺所使用之 聚醯亞胺前驅物,其具有經由加熱可進行下述所示醯亞胺 化反應之部位的聚合物。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above-mentioned items 1 to 11, wherein the (Β) component is used in an amount of 20 mol% or more based on the total diamine. -13) Polylysine obtained by grouping at least one of the diamine diamines selected. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above-mentioned, wherein the organic solvent (01) of the component (C) is 7-butyrolactone, and the organic solvent (C2) is Ν-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone. 14. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above 1 to 13, wherein the component (C) is a mixed solvent of r-butyrolactone and fluorene-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and the component (C) The total amount of the components (A), (B), and (C) is 80% by mass or more. A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by coating and baking a liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above items 1 to 14. A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by applying and baking a liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above 1 to 14, and irradiating the radiation of polarized light. -14-201200561 [Effect of the Invention] The present invention provides an effect of having low fine concavities and convexities on the surface of a liquid crystal alignment film regardless of a coating method such as relief printing or inkjet coating. In addition, the obtained liquid crystal alignment film can reduce the residual image caused by the AC driving, thereby improving the interface characteristics between the liquid crystal and the liquid crystal alignment film, and can also improve the electrical characteristics such as voltage holding ratio, ion density, and DC voltage residual. A liquid crystal alignment agent that enhances reliability. In the present invention, the organic solvent used in the liquid crystal alignment agent contains two or more organic solvents having a high affinity with a polyglycolate having a specific structure, and has a high affinity with polyglycine. When a mixed solvent of an organic solvent such as an organic solvent is used to control the ratio of the two or more organic solvents, the fine unevenness generated on the surface of the film is lowered, and the polyglycolate is contained. In the case of a liquid crystal alignment agent of polylysine, the above problems can be eliminated, and the reason for this is not clear, but the effect obtained by the following reason is almost the same. The polyglycolate having the specific structure described in the present invention has a high affinity for the r-butyrolactone and its derivative (organic solvent (ci)) 'N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or 1 3 - dimethyltetrahydroimidazolone and its derivative (organic solvent (C2 )) have a tendency to have low affinity. Further, polyamic acid 'generally' has a high affinity for the above organic solvent (C2). The inventors of the present invention have found that a polyglycolate obtained by dissolving in an organic solvent (C 1 ) is mixed with a polylysine dissolved in an organic solvent (C2) to form a poly The effect of the organic solvent (C2) of the poor solvent of glutamate 'changes the above polyglycolate to poly-proline to -15-201200561. This phenomenon is presumed to be related to the solubility of the above polyglycolate and polylysine. Conventionally, after coating a liquid crystal alignment agent by letterpress printing or inkjet coating, the coating film is dried at 50 ° C to 120 ° C, and has an organic solvent having a high vapor pressure (C1) as compared with the above organic solvent (C2 ). ) is more volatile than the organic solvent (C2). Thus, the organic solvent (C2) which forms the poor solvent of the polyphthalate in the film exhibits an excessive state, which promotes aggregation or precipitation of the polyphthalate, so that before the polyglycolate moves to the surface layer of the film, Since agglomerates of polyphthalate are formed in the polyamine acid phase, a film having a large number of fine irregularities formed on the surface of the film is formed. Further, when the organic solvent (C2) is too small, aggregation or precipitation of polyglycolic acid is promoted, and agglomerates of polyglycine are formed in the polyphthalate phase, so that a film having a large number of fine irregularities on the surface of the film is formed. On the other hand, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, in the case of using a polyphthalate having a specific structure, is controlled by the ratio of the organic solvent (C 1 ) to the organic solvent (C2 ). Or poly-proline does not produce agglomeration or precipitation, resulting in phase separation, and the formation of polyglycolate is not mixed with the poly-proline in the vicinity of the surface of the membrane, and poly-proline in the membrane and substrate interface A state in which it is not mixed with a polyphthalate. Namely, since the surface of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film is separated from the polyphosphonate by the phase of the polyphthalate, it is possible to form a smooth surface without forming irregularities, and it is possible to reduce the cloudiness of the film due to occurrence of unevenness. Subsequently, a liquid crystal alignment film having a smooth surface having no unevenness is coated on the surface of the film having a polyamic acid ester having an orientation stability and excellent reliability, and is present in the interior of the film and at the electrode interface of the -16-201200561 It has excellent properties due to reasons such as polyacrylic acid with excellent electrical properties. [Embodiment of the Invention] <(A) Component> The polyglycolate used in the present invention is a polyimine precursor used in the production of polyimine, which has the following properties by heating. A polymer showing the site of the imidization reaction.

-R!〇H-R!〇H

本發明之(A)成分爲,由於全四羧酸二烷酯衍生物 中含有60mol%以上之下述式(1)所表示之四竣酸二院酯 的四羧酸二烷酯衍生物,與含有由下述式(2)〜式(5) 所表示之二胺所成群所選出之至少1個之二胺的二胺經縮 聚合反應而得之聚醯胺酸酯。In the (A) component of the present invention, the tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative of the tetradecanoic acid diester represented by the following formula (1) is contained in the tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative. A polyglycolate obtained by polycondensation of a diamine containing at least one diamine selected from the group consisting of diamines represented by the following formulas (2) to (5).

-17- 201200561 [化 ίο]-17- 201200561 [化 ίο]

(2) (3) [化 11](2) (3) [Chem. 11]

式(1)中,R!爲碳數1〜4之烷基,R2爲羥 原子。M e爲甲基。 R!之具體例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、 。聚醯胺酸酯爲伴隨烷基中之碳數的增加,而使 胺化之溫度提高,故就如何以熱而容易進行醯 觀點,以甲基或乙基爲佳,以甲基爲特佳。 R2爲氯原子之情形,以形成可與二胺具有高 雙(氯羰基)化合物,故爲更佳。 可與式(1)所表示之四羧酸二烷酯衍生物 合之二胺,爲含有式(2)〜式(5)所表示之二 所選出之至少1種之二胺,其中又以含有由式(2 之二胺及式(3)所表示之二胺所成群所選出之3 二胺,與式(4)所表示之二胺及(5)所表示之 群所選出之至少1種之二胺之情形’以可提高r 之溶解性,而爲更佳。特別是含有式(2 )所表 基,或氯 t·丁基等 進行醯亞 亞胺化之 反應性之 進行縮聚 胺所成群 )所表示 5少1種之 二胺所成 一 丁內酯 示之二胺 -18- 201200561 ,與式(4)所表示之二胺所成群所選出之至少1種之二胺 的二胺之情形,以可得到具有高液晶配向性之液晶配向膜 ,而爲更佳。 式(3)及式(5)中,爲單鍵、酯鍵結、醯胺鍵結 、硫酯鍵結,或碳數2〜10之2價之有機基。 Αβ,酯鍵結爲以-C(O) 0-,或- 〇C(0)-所表示 〇 醯胺鍵結爲以-C ( Ο ) NH-,或,-C ( 0 ) NR-、-NHC (0 ) -、-NRC (Ο)-所表示之構造。R爲碳數1〜1〇之烷 基、烯基、炔基、芳基、硫酯鍵結,或該些之組合。 上述烷基之具體例如,甲基 '乙基 '丙基、丁基、t-丁基、己基、辛基、環戊基、環己基、二環己基等。烯基 例如,存在於上述之烷基中的1個以上之CH2-CH2構造被 CH= CH構造所取代者,更具體而言,例如,乙烯基、烯 丙基、1-丙烯基、異丙烯基、2-丁烯基、1,3-丁二烯基、 2-戊烯基、2-己烯基、環丙烯基、環戊烯基、環己烯基等 。炔基例如,存在於前述之院基中的1個以上之CH2-CH2構 造被cec構造所取代者,更具體而言,例如’乙炔基、1-丙炔基、2-丙炔基等。芳基,例如苯基等。硫酯鍵結例如_ c(0) S-,或-sc(o)-所表示之構造。 A!爲碳數2〜10之有機基之情形’可以下述式(6)之 構造表示。 [化 12] -A4—R4—A5—R5—A6—⑹ -19- 201200561 式(6)中,A4、A5、A6各自獨立爲單鍵,或,-0-、-S-、-NR8-、酯鍵結、醯胺鍵結、硫酯鍵結、脲鍵結、 碳酸酯鍵結、胺基甲酸酯鍵結。118爲氫原子,或碳數1〜 10之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基,或該些之組合,可列舉例 如與前述之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基爲相同之例示。 A4、A5、八6中,酯鍵結、醯胺鍵結,及、硫酯鍵結爲 具有與前述之酯鍵結、醯胺鍵結,及,硫酯鍵結之相同構 造。 脲鍵結,例如-NH-C ( Ο ) NH- ’ 或-NR-C ( Ο ) NR-所 表示之構造。R爲碳數1〜10之烷基、烯基 '炔基、芳基, 或該些之組合,可列舉例如與前述之烷基、烯基 '炔基、 芳基爲相同之例示。 碳酸酯鍵結,例如-0-C ( 〇 ) -〇-所表示之構造。 胺基甲酸酯鍵結,例如->^-(:(〇)-〇-、-〇-(:(〇)-NH-、-NR-C (0) -〇-,或- O-C(O) -NR-所表示之構造。 R爲碳數1〜1〇之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基’或該些之組合 、可列舉例如與前述之院基、稀基、炔基、芳基爲相同之 例示。 式(6 )中之及Rs,分別獨立表示由單鍵,或碳數1 〜1 0之伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、伸芳基’及該些組合所 得之基所選出,該些基可具有取代基°以與1之任一爲單 鍵之情形,^或化5爲由碳數2〜10之伸院基、伸燃基、伸 炔基、伸芳基,及該些組合所得之基所選出,該些基可具 -20- 201200561 有取代基。 上述伸烷基,例如前述烷基去除1個氫原子所得之構 造等。更具體而言,例如,伸甲基、1,1 -伸乙基、;1,2 _伸 乙基、1,2-伸丙基、1,3_伸丙基、丨,4_伸丁基、丨,2_伸丁基 、1,2-伸戊基、1,2-伸己基、2,3-伸丁基、2,4-伸戊基、 1,2-環伸丙基、1,2-環伸丁基、l,3-環伸丁基、l,2-環伸戊 基、1,2-環伸己基等。 上述伸烯基,例如前述烯基去除1個氫原子所得之構 造等。更具體而言,例如,1,1-伸乙烯基、1,2·伸乙烯基 、1,2-伸乙烯伸甲基、1-甲基-i,2-伸乙烯基、i,2-伸乙烯-1,1·伸乙基、1,2-伸乙烯-l,2-伸乙基、1,2-伸乙烯-i,2-伸 丙基、1,2-伸乙烯-1,3-伸丙基、1,2-伸乙烯·1,4-伸丁基、 1,2-伸乙烯-1,2-伸丁基等。 伸炔基,例如前述炔基去除1個氫原子所得之構造等 。更具體而言,例如,伸乙炔基、伸乙炔伸甲基、伸乙 炔-1,1 -伸乙基、伸乙炔-1,2 -伸乙基、伸乙炔-1,2 _伸丙基 、伸乙炔-1,3-伸丙基、伸乙炔- l,4-伸丁基、伸乙炔- ΐ,2- 伸丁基等。 伸芳基,例如前述芳基去除1個氫原子所得之構造等 。更具體而言,例如,1,2-伸苯基、1,3-伸苯基、1,4-伸苯 基等。 上述之伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、伸芳基,及將該些 組合所得之基,全體爲碳數1〜20時,可具有取代基,其 可再經由取代基而形成環構造。又,經由取代基而形成環 -21 - 201200561 構造係指,取代基相互間或取代基與母骨架之一部份鍵結 而形成環構造之意。 該取代基之例如’鹵素基、羥基、硫醇基、硝基、有 機氧基、有機硫基、有機矽烷基、醯基、酯基、硫酯基、 磷酸酯基、醯胺基、芳基、院基、稀基、炔基等。 取代基中之_素基,例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、 碘原子等。 取代基中之有機氧基,例如烷氧基 '烯氧基、芳氧基 等-0-R所表示之構造。此R例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基 等。該些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。烷氧基之具體例 如,甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基 等。 取代基中之有機硫基,例如烷硫基、烯硫基、芳硫基 等-S_R所表示之構造。此R例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基 等。該些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。烷硫基之具體例 如,甲基硫基、乙基硫基、丙基硫基、丁基硫基、戊基硫 基、己基硫基等。 取代基中之有機矽烷基,例如-Si_(R) 3所表示之構 造。此R可爲相同或相異,例如可爲前述之烷基、芳基等 。該些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。烷基矽烷基之具體 例如,三甲基矽烷基、三乙基矽烷基、三丙基矽烷基、三 丁基矽烷基等。 取代基中之醯基,例如-C ( Ο ) -R所表示之構造。此R 例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基等。該些之R可被前述之取 -22- 201200561 代基再取代。醯基之具體例如,甲醯基、乙醯基、丙醯基 、丁醯基、異丁醯基、戊醯基、異戊醯基、己醯基等。 取代基中之酯基,例如-C ( 0 ) 〇-R,或_0C ( 0 ) -R 所表示之構造。此R例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基等。該 些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之硫酯基,例如-C ( S ) 0-R,或-〇C ( S )-R所表示之構造。此R例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基等。該 些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之磷酸酯基,例如-OP ( 〇 )〜(0R ) 2所表 示之構造。此R可爲相同或相異,例如可爲前述之烷基、 芳基等。該些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之醯胺基,例如-C ( Ο ) NH2,或,-C ( Ο ) NHR、-NHC(O) R、-C(O) N(R) 2' -NRC ( Ο ) R所 表示之構造。此R可爲相同或相異,例如可爲前述之烷基 、芳基等。該些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之芳基,例如與前述之芳基爲相同之內容。 該芳基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 取代基中之烷基,例如與前述之烷基爲相同之內容。 該烷基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 取代基中之烯基,例如與前述之烯基爲相同之內容。 該烯基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 取代基中之炔基,例如與前述之炔基爲相同之內容。 此炔基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 使用具有高直線性構造或剛直構造之二胺之情形,因 -23- 201200561 可得到具有良好液晶配向性之液晶配向膜,故A i之構造以 單鍵,或下述式(A1-1)〜(A1-23)之構造爲更佳。 [化 13] \ )- -(CH2)n —O ——NH —S n=2-6 (Al-1) (Al-2) (Al-3) (Al-4) Η Η —o— -(CHA 〇 ——S——(CHjJn—S—— 1 1 -N-(CH^n—N- 11=2-6 n=2~6 n=2~6 (Al-5) (Al-6) (Al-7) [化 14] Me 0 0 -O- 0—(CH2)n-0- n=2^6 (Al-9) -N—(CH2)n-N— n=2^-6 (Al-8) o o oIn the formula (1), R! is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R2 is a hydroxyl atom. M e is a methyl group. Specific examples of R! are, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, . The polyglycolate is accompanied by an increase in the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group, and the temperature of the amination is increased. Therefore, it is preferable to use a methyl group or an ethyl group as a methyl group or an ethyl group. . It is more preferable that R2 is a chlorine atom to form a compound having a high bis(chlorocarbonyl) compound with a diamine. The diamine which may be combined with the dicarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative represented by the formula (1) is at least one selected from the group consisting of the formula (2) to the formula (5), wherein a 3 diamine selected from the group consisting of a diamine of the formula (2) and a diamine represented by the formula (3), and a diamine represented by the formula (4) and at least a group selected by the group represented by the formula (5) In the case of one type of diamine, it is more preferable to improve the solubility of r. In particular, the reactivity of the group of formula (2) or the reaction of chloroi-butyl group for quinone imidization is carried out. The condensed amine group is a group of at least one of the diamines represented by the formula (4) and the diamines represented by the formula (4). In the case of a diamine of an amine, a liquid crystal alignment film having a high liquid crystal alignment property can be obtained, which is more preferable. In the formula (3) and the formula (5), it is a single bond, an ester bond, a guanamine bond, a thioester bond, or a divalent organic group having a carbon number of 2 to 10. Αβ, the ester linkage is represented by -C(O) 0-, or - 〇C(0)-, the indoleamine is bonded to -C ( Ο ) NH-, or, -C ( 0 ) NR-, -NHC (0) -, -NRC (Ο) - The structure represented. R is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a thioester bond having a carbon number of 1 to 1 Å, or a combination thereof. Specific examples of the above alkyl group include methyl 'ethyl 'propyl, butyl, t-butyl, hexyl, octyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclohexyl and the like. Alkenyl group For example, one or more CH2-CH2 structures present in the above alkyl group are substituted by a CH=CH structure, more specifically, for example, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a 1-propenyl group, an isopropylene group. A group, a 2-butenyl group, a 1,3-butadienyl group, a 2-pentenyl group, a 2-hexenyl group, a cyclopropenyl group, a cyclopentenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group or the like. The alkynyl group is, for example, one or more of the CH2-CH2 structures present in the above-mentioned substituents, and are substituted by a cec structure, and more specifically, for example, an 'ethynyl group, a 1-propynyl group, a 2-propynyl group or the like. An aryl group such as a phenyl group or the like. The thioester linkage is such as that represented by _ c(0) S-, or -sc(o)-. The case where A! is an organic group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms can be represented by the structure of the following formula (6). -A4 - R4 - A5 - R5 - A6 - (6) -19 - 201200561 In the formula (6), A4, A5, A6 are each independently a single bond, or, -0-, -S-, -NR8- , ester linkage, guanamine linkage, thioester linkage, urea linkage, carbonate linkage, urethane linkage. 118 is a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof, and is, for example, the same as the above-mentioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group or aryl group. Illustrative. In A4, A5 and VIII, the ester bond, the guanamine bond, and the thioester bond have the same structure as the ester bond, the guanamine bond, and the thioester bond described above. A urea bond, such as a structure represented by -NH-C ( Ο ) NH- ' or -NR-C ( Ο ) NR-. R is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl 'alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a combination thereof, and examples thereof are the same as those of the above-mentioned alkyl group, alkenyl 'alkynyl group, and aryl group. Carbonate linkage, such as the structure represented by -0-C ( 〇 ) -〇-. A urethane linkage, such as ->^-(:(〇)-〇-, -〇-(:(〇)-NH-, -NR-C(0)-〇-, or - OC( O) -NR- represents the structure. R is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 Å, or a combination thereof, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned group, a rare base, and an alkyne. The aryl group and the aryl group are the same exemplified. In the formula (6) and Rs, each independently represents a single bond, or a C 1 to 10 alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an exoaryl group and The groups obtained by the combination are selected, and the groups may have a substituent to be a single bond with any one of them, or 5 may be a stretching base, a stretching base, and a stretching of 2 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkynyl group, the aryl group, and the group obtained by the combination are selected, and the groups may have a substituent of -20 to 201200561. The above alkyl group, for example, a structure obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the above alkyl group, etc. Specifically, for example, a methyl group, a 1,1-ethyl group, a 1,2 _ethyl group, a 1,2-propyl group, a 1,3 propyl group, a fluorene group, a 4-butyl group , hydrazine, 2_butylene, 1,2-extended pentyl, 1,2-extended hexyl, 2,3-butylene, 2,4-exylpentyl, 1,2-ring a propyl group, a 1,2-cyclobutylene group, a 1,3-cyclobutylene group, a 1,2-cyclopentyl group, a 1,2-cyclohexyl group, etc. The above alkenyl group, for example, the aforementioned alkenyl group 1 The structure obtained by hydrogen atoms, etc. More specifically, for example, 1,1-vinyl group, 1,2·vinyl group, 1,2-extended ethylene methyl group, 1-methyl-i,2- Vinyl, i, 2-extended ethylene-1,1·extended ethyl, 1,2-extended ethylene-1,2-extended ethyl, 1,2-extended ethylene-i,2-extended propyl, 1 , 2-extended ethylene-1,3-propanyl, 1,2-extended ethylene·1,4-butylene, 1,2-extended ethylene-1,2-extended butyl, etc. The structure obtained by removing the above alkynyl group by one hydrogen atom, etc. More specifically, for example, an ethynyl group, an exoacetylene methyl group, an exoacetylene-1,1-ethyl group, an exoacetylene-1,2-an Base, acetylene-1,2 _ propyl, acetylene-1,3-propenyl, acetylene- l,4-butylene, acetylene-hydrazine, 2-butylene, etc. For example, a structure obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the aryl group, etc., more specifically, for example, 1,2-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, etc. Alkyl, stretch The alkenyl group, the alkynylene group, the extended aryl group, and the group obtained by combining these may have a substituent at a carbon number of 1 to 20, and may further form a ring structure via a substituent. Further, via a substituent The formation of the ring-21 - 201200561 structure means that the substituents are bonded to each other or a part of the parent skeleton to form a ring structure. The substituents are, for example, 'halogen group, hydroxyl group, thiol group, nitrate Base, organooxy, organothio, organodecyl, sulfhydryl, ester, thioester, phosphate, decyl, aryl, decyl, dilute, alkynyl, and the like. The yl group in the substituent, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom or the like. The organooxy group in the substituent is a structure represented by -0-R such as an alkoxy 'alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group or the like. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Specific examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group and the like. The organothio group in the substituent, such as an alkylthio group, an alkenethio group, an arylthio group or the like, is represented by -S_R. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Specific examples of the alkylthio group include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a pentylthio group, a hexylthio group and the like. The organic decyl group in the substituent, for example, the structure represented by -Si_(R) 3 . The R may be the same or different, and may be, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Specific examples of the alkyl fluorenyl group are, for example, trimethyldecylalkyl, triethyldecylalkyl, tripropyldecylalkyl, tributyldecylalkyl and the like. The thiol group in the substituent, for example, the structure represented by -C ( Ο ) -R. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. These Rs can be replaced by the aforementioned -22-201200561. Specific examples of the fluorenyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a pentamidine group, an isovaleryl group, a hexyl group, and the like. The ester group in the substituent, such as the structure represented by -C(0) 〇-R, or _0C(0)-R. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. The thioester group in the substituent, such as the structure represented by -C(S)0-R, or -〇C(S)-R. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. The phosphate group in the substituent, for example, the structure represented by -OP ( 〇 ) 〜(0R ) 2 . The R may be the same or different, and may be, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. a sulfhydryl group in the substituent, for example, -C(Ο)NH2, or, -C(Ο)NHR, -NHC(O)R, -C(O)N(R) 2'-NRC( Ο ) R Indicates the construction. These R may be the same or different and may, for example, be the aforementioned alkyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. The aryl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the aforementioned aryl group. The aryl group may be further substituted with the other substituents described above. The alkyl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the alkyl group described above. The alkyl group may be further substituted with the other substituents described above. The alkenyl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the above-mentioned alkenyl group. The alkenyl group may be further substituted with the other substituents described above. The alkynyl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the alkynyl group described above. This alkynyl group can be further substituted with the other substituents described above. When a diamine having a high linear structure or a rigid structure is used, a liquid crystal alignment film having a good liquid crystal alignment property can be obtained from -23 to 201200561, so that the structure of A i is a single bond, or the following formula (A1-1) The structure of ~(A1-23) is better. [Chemical 13] \ )- -(CH2)n -O -NH -S n=2-6 (Al-1) (Al-2) (Al-3) (Al-4) Η Η —o— - (CHA 〇——S——(CHjJn-S——1 1 -N-(CH^n-N- 11=2-6 n=2~6 n=2~6 (Al-5) (Al-6 (Al-7) Me 0 0 -O- 0-(CH2)n-0- n=2^6 (Al-9) -N-(CH2)nN- n=2^-6 ( Al-8) ooo

O -(CH2)n- n=2^~6 -O—(CH2)n—o- if=2t~6 (A 1-10) [化 15]O -(CH2)n- n=2^~6 -O-(CH2)n-o- if=2t~6 (A 1-10) [Chem. 15]

OO

OO

QQ

O -(CHaJn- n=2~6 (Al-12) -o- -N- -(CH2)n—H- n=2~6 (Al-13) -〇— [化O -(CHaJn- n=2~6 (Al-12) -o- -N- -(CH2)n-H- n=2~6 (Al-13) -〇-

O -N—(CH2)n—N— n=2~6 (Al-14) O H II Η H •N~~u—N一(CH2)„—N- n=2 〜6 (AM5) -N- -24- 201200561 [化 17]O -N—(CH2)n—N— n=2~6 (Al-14) OH II Η H •N~~u—N—(CH2)„—N- n=2 ~6 (AM5) -N - -24- 201200561 [Chem. 17]

O *(CH2)n-〇- -0——(CH2)n ο •(CH2)n-N—^—N—(CH2)n- n=l~4 (Al-16) n=l 〜4 (AM7)O *(CH2)n-〇- -0——(CH2)n ο •(CH2)nN—^—N—(CH2)n- n=l~4 (Al-16) n=l ~4 (AM7 )

上述式(4)及式(5)中’ A2爲鹵素原子、羥基、胺 基、硫醇基、硝基、磷酸基’或碳數1〜2〇之1價之有機基 ,&爲1〜4之整數,a爲2以上之情形,A2之構造可爲相同 或相異。 鹵素原子,例如可列舉與前述之鹵素原子之例示爲相 同之內容。 胺基,可以-NH2、-NHR,或-NR ( R)-所表示之構造 表示。R爲碳數1〜10之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基,或該些 之組合,可列舉例如與前述之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基爲 相同之例示。 碳數1〜20之1價之有機基,例如,有機氧基、有機硫 基、有機矽烷基、醯基、酯基、硫酯基、磷酸酯基、醯胺 基、院基、嫌基、快基、芳基等。 有機氧基’例如’院氧基、稀氧基、芳氧基等_〇_R所 表示之構造。此R例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基等。院氧 -25- 201200561 基之具體例如,甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧 基、己氧基等》 有機硫基,例如,烷硫基、烯硫基、芳硫基等-S-R所 表示之構造。此R例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基等。烷硫 基之具體例如,甲基硫基、乙基硫基、丙基硫基、丁基硫 基、戊基硫基、己基硫基等。 有機矽烷基,例如,-Si- ( R) 3所表示之構造。此R可 爲相同或相異,例如可爲前述之烷基、芳基等。烷基矽烷 基之具體例如,三甲基矽烷基、三乙基矽烷基、三丙基矽 烷基、三丁基矽烷基等。 醯基,例如-C ( 0 ) -R所表示之構造。此R例如前述之 烷基、烯基、芳基等。醯基之具體例如,甲醯基、乙醯基 、丙醯基、丁醯基、異丁醯基、戊醯基、異戊醯基、己醯 基等。 酯基,例如-C ( Ο ) Ο-R,或-OC ( Ο ) -R所表示之構 造。此R例如前述名烷基、烯基、芳基等。 硫酯基,例如-C ( S ) Ο-R,或-OC ( S ) -R所表示之 構造。此R例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基等。該些之R可被 前述之取代基再取代。 磷酸酯基,例如-OP ( 0 )〜(OR) 2所表示之構造。 此R可爲相同或相異,例如可爲前述之烷基、芳基等。 醯胺基,例如-C ( Ο ) NH2,或,-C ( Ο ) NHR、-NHC (〇) R、-C(O) N(R) 2、-NRC(O) R 所表示之構造。 此R可爲相同或相異,例如可爲前述之烷基、芳基等。 -26- 201200561 烷基、烯基、炔基,及芳基,與前述之烷基、烯基、 炔基,及芳基爲相同之內容。 上述之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基,全體爲碳數1〜20 時’可具有取代基,其可再經由取代基而形成環構造。又 ’經由取代基而形成環構造係指,取代基相互間或取代基 與母骨架之一部份鍵結而形成環構造之意。 該取代基之例如,鹵素基、羥基、硫醇基、硝基、有 機氧基、有機硫基、有機矽烷基、醯基、酯基、硫酯基、 磷酸酯基、醯胺基、胺基甲酸酯基、芳基、烷基、烯基、 炔基等。 取代基中之鹵素基’例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、 碘原子等。 取代基中之有機氧基,例如烷氧基、烯氧基、芳氧基 等- 0- R所表示之構造。此R例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基 等。該些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。烷氧基之具體例 如,甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基 、庚氧基、辛氧基、壬氧基、癸氧基、月桂基氧基等。 取代基中之有機硫基’例如烷硫基、烯硫基、芳硫基 等-S-R所表示之構造。此R例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基 等。該些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。烷硫基之具體例 如’甲基硫基、乙基硫基、丙基硫基、丁基硫基、戊基硫 基、己基硫基、庚基硫基、辛基硫基、壬基硫基、癸基硫 基、月桂基硫基等。 取代基中之有機矽烷基’例如-Si_(R) 3所表示之構 -27- 201200561 造β此11可爲相同或相異,例如可爲前述之烷基、芳基等 。該些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。烷基矽烷基之具體 例如’三甲基矽烷基、三乙基矽烷基、三丙基矽烷基、三 丁基矽烷基、三戊基矽烷基、三己基矽烷基、戊基二甲基 矽烷基、己基二甲基矽烷基、辛基二甲基矽烷基、癸基二 甲基矽烷基等。 取代基中之醯基,例如-C ( 0 ) -R所表示之構造。此R 例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基等。該些之R可被前述之取 代基再取代。醯基之具體例如,甲醯基、乙醯基、丙醯基 、丁醯基、異丁醯基、戊醯基、異戊醯基、己醯基等。 取代基中之酯基,例如-C ( 0 ) 0-R,或-OC ( 0 ) -R 所表示之構造。此R例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基等。該 些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之硫酯基,例如-C ( S ) 0-R,或-OC ( s )-R所表不之構造。此R例如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基等。該 些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之磷酸酯基’例如-ΟΡ ( 0) ·( 〇R) 2所表示 之構造。此R可爲相同或相異,例如可爲前述之烷基、芳 基等。該些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之醯胺基,例如-C ( 0 ) nh2,或,-C ( 〇 ) NHR、-NHC (〇) r、-c(0) N(R) 2、_NRC ( 0) R所 表示之構造。此R可爲相同或相異’例如可爲前述之院基 、芳基等。該些可被前述之取代基再取代。 作爲取代基之胺基甲酸酯基,例如_〇_C ( 0 ) NH2, -28- 201200561 或,-O-C ( O) NHR、-NHC ( O) -OR、-NR-C ( O) OR所 表示之構造。此R可爲相同或相異,例如可爲前述之烷基 、芳基等。該些之R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之芳基,例如與前述之芳基爲'相同之內容。 該芳基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 取代基中之烷基,例如與前述之烷基爲相同之內容。 該烷基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 取代基中之烯基,例如與前述之烯基爲相同之內容。 該烯基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 取代基中之炔基,例如與前述之炔基爲相同之內容。 此炔基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 式(4)及式(5)中,A2爲具有烷基、烯基、炔基、 芳基,或該些之組合之基的情形,其碳數以1〜14爲佳。 A2爲碳數15以上之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基,或該些之組 合之基的情形,會產生伴隨導入量會有造成液晶配向性降 低,或造成不易控制預傾角之可能性。 上述式(4)及式(5)中之A2,以下述式(6)所表 示之構造爲佳。 [化 18] —a3—r3 ⑹ 式(6)中之A3爲單鍵' -s-、-NR/3-、酯鍵結、 醯胺鍵結、硫酯鍵結、脲鍵結、碳酸酯鍵結,或胺基甲酸 酯鍵結,R3爲由可具有取代基之碳數1〜10,較佳爲1〜5 -29- 201200561 之院基、嫌基、炔基、芳基,及該些組合所得之基所選出 ,該幽基可具有取代基。R 3爲由氨原子,或院基、嫌基 、炔基、芳基,及該些組合所得之基所選出’該些基可具 有取代基)。 此外,八2之構造爲具有經由加熱而解離之解離基之構 造的情形,可提高聚合物之溶解性’且不會影響液晶配向 性、預傾角等。具有經由加熱而解離之解離基之Az之構造 ,以下述式(A2-1)〜(A2*24)所表示之構造爲佳。 [化 19] 〇Η3〇^3In the above formula (4) and formula (5), 'A2 is a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a thiol group, a nitro group, a phosphoric acid group' or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, & An integer of ~4, where a is 2 or more, the configuration of A2 may be the same or different. The halogen atom is, for example, the same as the above-mentioned halogen atom. The amine group may be represented by a structure represented by -NH2, -NHR, or -NR(R)-. R is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group or an aryl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof, and examples thereof are the same as those of the above-mentioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group and aryl group. a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, an organic oxy group, an organic thio group, an organic decyl group, a decyl group, an ester group, a thioester group, a phosphate group, a decyl group, a hospital base, a stilbene group, Fast base, aryl, etc. The organooxy group' has a structure represented by _〇_R such as an anthraceneoxy group, a dilute oxy group or an aryloxy group. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. Specific examples of the compound oxygen--25-201200561, such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, etc., an organic thio group, for example, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, The structure represented by -SR such as an arylthio group. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. Specific examples of the alkylthio group include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a pentylthio group, a hexylthio group and the like. The organic decyl group is, for example, a structure represented by -Si-(R) 3. These R may be the same or different, and may be, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, aryl group or the like. Specific examples of the alkyl decyl group include a trimethyl decyl group, a triethyl decyl group, a tripropyl decyl group, a tributyl decyl group and the like. A thiol group, such as the structure represented by -C(0)-R. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. Specific examples of the mercapto group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a pentamidine group, an isovaleryl group, a hexyl group, and the like. The ester group is, for example, a structure represented by -C(Ο)Ο-R, or -OC(Ο)-R. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. A thioester group, such as a structure represented by -C(S)Ο-R, or -OC(S)-R. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Phosphate group, for example, the structure represented by -OP(0)~(OR)2. The R may be the same or different, and may be, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, aryl group or the like. Amidino group, for example, -C(Ο)NH2, or -C(Ο)NHR, -NHC(〇)R, -C(O)N(R) 2, -NRC(O)R. The R may be the same or different, and may be, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, aryl group or the like. -26- 201200561 Alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and aryl are the same as the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and aryl groups described above. The above alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent when the total number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 20, and may further form a ring structure via a substituent. Further, the formation of a ring structure via a substituent means that the substituents are bonded to each other or a part of the substituent is bonded to a part of the parent skeleton to form a ring structure. Examples of the substituent include a halogen group, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a nitro group, an organic oxy group, an organic thio group, an organic decyl group, a decyl group, an ester group, a thioester group, a phosphate group, a decyl group, and an amine group. Formate group, aryl group, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group and the like. The halogen group in the substituent is, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom or the like. The organooxy group in the substituent, such as an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group or the like, is represented by -0-R. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Specific examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a heptyloxy group, an octyloxy group, a decyloxy group, a decyloxy group, and a lauryloxy group. Base. The organothio group in the substituent is a structure represented by -S-R such as an alkylthio group, an alkenethio group, an arylthio group or the like. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Specific examples of alkylthio groups such as 'methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, butylthio, pentylthio, hexylthio, heptylthio, octylthio, decylthio , mercaptothio group, laurylthio group and the like. The organic decyl group in the substituent, e.g., the structure represented by -Si_(R) 3 , may be the same or different, and may be, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Specific examples of the alkyl fluorenyl group are, for example, 'trimethyldecylalkyl, triethyldecylalkyl, tripropyldecylalkyl, tributyldecylalkyl, tripentyldecylalkyl, trihexyldecylalkyl, pentyldimethylalkylalkyl And hexyl dimethyl decyl, octyl dimethyl decyl, decyl dimethyl decyl and the like. The thiol group in the substituent, for example, the structure represented by -C(0)-R. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Specific examples of the fluorenyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a pentamidine group, an isovaleryl group, a hexyl group, and the like. The ester group in the substituent, for example, the structure represented by -C(0)0-R, or -OC(0)-R. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. A thioester group in the substituent, such as -C(S)0-R, or -OC(s)-R. This R is, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. The structure represented by the phosphate group '' in the substituent, for example, -ΟΡ(0) ·(〇R) 2 . These R may be the same or different and may, for example, be the aforementioned alkyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. The amidino group in the substituent, for example, -C(0)nh2, or -C(〇)NHR, -NHC(〇)r, -c(0)N(R) 2, _NRC(0)R Construction. The R may be the same or different and may be, for example, the aforementioned hospital base, aryl group or the like. These may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. A urethane group as a substituent, for example, _〇_C ( 0 ) NH 2 , -28- 201200561 or, -OC ( O ) NHR, -NHC ( O) -OR, -NR-C ( O) OR The structure represented. These R may be the same or different and may, for example, be the aforementioned alkyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. The aryl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the above-mentioned aryl group. The aryl group may be further substituted with the other substituents described above. The alkyl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the alkyl group described above. The alkyl group may be further substituted with the other substituents described above. The alkenyl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the above-mentioned alkenyl group. The alkenyl group may be further substituted with the other substituents described above. The alkynyl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the alkynyl group described above. This alkynyl group can be further substituted with the other substituents described above. In the formulae (4) and (5), A2 is a group having an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a combination thereof, and the carbon number is preferably from 1 to 14. When A2 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group having a carbon number of 15 or more, or a combination of these, it may cause a decrease in the alignment property of the liquid crystal accompanying the introduction amount, or may cause difficulty in controlling the pretilt angle. Sex. A2 in the above formula (4) and formula (5) is preferably a structure represented by the following formula (6). A3—r3 (6) A3 in the formula (6) is a single bond '-s-, -NR/3-, an ester bond, a guanamine bond, a thioester bond, a urea bond, a carbonate Bonding, or urethane linkage, R3 is a court group, a stilbene group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 5 -29 to 201200561, which may have a substituent, and The group obtained by the combination is selected, and the chelating group may have a substituent. R 3 is selected from the group consisting of an amino group, or a group, a stilbene group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, and combinations thereof, and the groups may have a substituent. Further, the configuration of the eighth embodiment is a configuration having a dissociation group which is dissociated by heating, and the solubility of the polymer can be improved without affecting the liquid crystal alignment property, the pretilt angle, and the like. The structure of Az having a dissociation group which is dissociated by heating is preferably a structure represented by the following formulas (A2-1) to (A2*24). [化 19] 〇Η3〇^3

Vd -<0Η2)η-ΝΗ η= 1—4 (Α2-1) -<CH2)„-NH- n= 1~4 (A2-3) H3QCH3 V/-CH3Vd -<0Η2)η-ΝΗ η= 1—4 (Α2-1) -<CH2)„-NH- n= 1~4 (A2-3) H3QCH3 V/-CH3

-0—(CH2)n-NH a= 1~4 (A2-2)-0-(CH2)n-NH a= 1~4 (A2-2)

O -(〇H2)„-nh-< CH3 n= 1~4 CH3 (A2-4) -NH-(CH2)n-NH- -HN-^-(CH2)n-NH-<〇 CH3 n= 1~4 CM3 n = l~4 、CH3‘ (A2-5) (A2-6) [化 20] -(CH2)i,-^ CH3 〇 十 CH3 n=1~4 CH3 (A2-7) 一 〇-_η-ξ_^Η3 η = 1^4 ch3 (A2-8) >〇-㈣-{與丨 ns1~4 CH3 (A2-9) 〇^(〇Η2>η-^0 -0 。十 ch3 ° „=1-4 CH3 (11) >-(ch2)„-C ch3 —NH …〇十CH3 n = 1^4 ch3 n = 1~4 CH3 (A2-10) (A2-1D (A2-12) h3 o -30- 201200561 [化 21] -(CH2)n-N Ο ch2—^ ?Ha n = 0-4 2 b-f-CH3 1-4 (A2-13) ch3 -o PH3 hCH3 bH^〇^3O -(〇H2)„-nh-< CH3 n= 1~4 CH3 (A2-4) -NH-(CH2)n-NH- -HN-^-(CH2)n-NH-<〇CH3 n= 1~4 CM3 n = l~4 , CH3' (A2-5) (A2-6) [Chem. 20] -(CH2)i, -^ CH3 〇10 CH3 n=1~4 CH3 (A2-7 ) 〇-_η-ξ_^Η3 η = 1^4 ch3 (A2-8) >〇-(four)-{and 丨ns1~4 CH3 (A2-9) 〇^(〇Η2>η-^0 -0 Ten ch3 ° „=1-4 CH3 (11) >-(ch2)„-C ch3 —NH ...〇10 CH3 n = 1^4 ch3 n = 1~4 CH3 (A2-10) (A2-1D (A2-12) h3 o -30- 201200561 [Chem. 21] -(CH2)nN Ο ch2—^ ?Ha n = 0-4 2 bf-CH3 1-4 (A2-13) ch3 -o PH3 hCH3 bH^ 〇^3

ch3 ch3 <A2,14) CH3 CH3 ne^y Η〇Η2)η·Ν, 卜4 C (A2-17) un Cl· CH3 -p?; ><%>otHr ►_磚7、 CH3 1-4 (A2-16) [化 22]Ch3 ch3 <A2,14) CH3 CH3 ne^y Η〇Η2)η·Ν, Bu 4 C (A2-17) un Cl· CH3 -p?; ><%>otHr ►_Brick 7, CH3 1-4 (A2-16) [Chem. 22]

'2/n y* * HN^O Η3〇νϊ H3^CH3 n = 0-3 (A2-20) O CH3 -(CHA·^-11·。十 CH3 HN^.0 CH3 H3C Γ n = W H3C fcH3 (A2-21) [化 23] H3C^CH3 (A2-21) o ch3 H/KCHaVCH-U-O+CHa Ή HN>^〇 CH3 ° H3C X n = 0-3 HsC-Kh, (A2-24) -〇. 〇 9h3 o ch3 _nh o ch3 ^-(CH2)n{H上。十 CH3 十 CHa ^(ΟΗ^-ΟΗ-^Ο+ΟΗ: ° HN^O ch3 -i〇 Hisyo CH3 & hn^o ch3 h3Q A n = 0-3 H3Q 〇 n = 0*3 H3C ζ η = 0·3 ^*3° CH3 (A2'22) H3C^H3 (A2'23> 上述式(2 )〜(5 )所表示之二胺之比例爲以於 胺中,以5莫耳%〜100莫耳%爲佳。上述式(2)〜 所表示之二胺的比例越高時’爲可得到具有良好之液 向性的液晶配向膜等觀點’以40莫耳%〜100莫耳% 佳,以60莫耳%〜100莫耳%爲最佳。 其中又以作爲(A)成分之原料的二胺,以含有 (2)所表示之二胺及式(3)所表示之二胺所成群所 之至少1種之二胺,與由式(4)所表示之二胺及式 -31 - 全二 :5 ) 晶配 爲更 由式 選出 :5 ) 201200561 所表示之二胺所成群所選出之至少1種之二胺爲佳。作爲 (A)成分之原料的二胺,特別是以含有式(2)所表示之 二胺’與由式(4)所表示之二胺所成群所選出之至少!種 之二胺者爲佳。如此,特別是可提高作爲溶劑之丁內 酯中之溶解性。 此情形中,式(2)所表示之二胺之使用量,或式(2 )所表示之二胺與式(3)所表示之二胺之合計使用量, 與式(4)所表示之二胺之使用量,或式(4)所表示之二 胺與式(5 )所表示之二胺之合計使用量,以莫耳比例而 言,較佳爲95/5〜60/40,更佳爲90/10〜80/20。 二胺,就其構造爲剛直之構造以外,欲得到具有優良 液晶配向性之液晶配向膜之觀點,爲製得本發明之聚醯胺 酸酯之二胺,以含有由下述之式(A-1 )〜式(A-5 )所成 群所選出之至少1種之二胺的二胺爲佳,特別是已含有該 二胺與上述式(2 )所表示二胺所得之二胺爲佳。此情形 中,上述式(2)所表示二胺之使用量,與由二胺之式( A-1 )〜式(A-5 )所成群所選出之至少1種之二胺之使用 量的莫耳比例,較佳爲95/5〜60/40,更佳爲90/10〜 80/ 20 » -32- 201200561 [化 24]'2/ny* * HN^O Η3〇νϊ H3^CH3 n = 0-3 (A2-20) O CH3 -(CHA·^-11·.10 CH3 HN^.0 CH3 H3C Γ n = W H3C fcH3 (A2-21) [Chemical 23] H3C^CH3 (A2-21) o ch3 H/KCHaVCH-U-O+CHa Ή HN>^〇CH3 ° H3C X n = 0-3 HsC-Kh, (A2-24 ) -〇. 〇9h3 o ch3 _nh o ch3 ^-(CH2)n{H. Ten CH3 ten CHa ^(ΟΗ^-ΟΗ-^Ο+ΟΗ: ° HN^O ch3 -i〇Hisyo CH3 & hn ^o ch3 h3Q A n = 0-3 H3Q 〇n = 0*3 H3C ζ η = 0·3 ^*3° CH3 (A2'22) H3C^H3 (A2'23> The above formula (2)~(5 The ratio of the diamine represented by the amine is preferably from 5 mol% to 100 mol% in the amine. When the ratio of the diamine represented by the above formula (2) to (the higher the ratio of the diamine) is obtained, it is good. The viewpoint of a liquid crystal alignment film or the like is preferably from 40 mol% to 100 mol%, preferably from 60 mol% to 100 mol%, wherein a diamine which is a raw material of the component (A) is used. The diamine having at least one of the diamine represented by the formula (2) and the diamine represented by the formula (3), and the diamine represented by the formula (4) and the formula -31 - all two :5 ) The crystal is selected by the formula: 5) 201200561 The diamine selected from the group consisting of diamines is preferred. The diamine as the raw material of the component (A) is particularly composed of the diamine represented by the formula (2) and the formula (4). It is preferable that at least the diamine of the diamine selected in the group is selected. Thus, in particular, the solubility in the butyrolactone as a solvent can be improved. In this case, the diamine represented by the formula (2) The amount used, or the total amount of the diamine represented by the formula (2) and the diamine represented by the formula (3), and the amount of the diamine represented by the formula (4), or the formula (4) The total amount of the diamine and the diamine represented by the formula (5) is preferably 95/5 to 60/40, more preferably 90/10 to 80/20, in terms of the molar ratio. In view of the structure in which the structure is a rigid structure, in order to obtain a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent liquid crystal alignment, the diamine of the polyphthalate of the present invention is obtained to contain the following formula (A-1). Preferably, the diamine of at least one of the diamines selected in the group of the formula (A-5) is preferably a diamine obtained by containing the diamine and the diamine represented by the above formula (2). situation In the above formula (2), the amount of the diamine used is not more than the amount of the diamine selected from the group consisting of the formula (A-1) to the formula (A-5) of the diamine. The ratio of the ears is preferably 95/5 to 60/40, more preferably 90/10 to 80/20 » -32- 201200561 [Chem. 24]

(A-l)(A-l)

本發明中,全四羧酸二烷酯中,較佳爲含有60莫耳% 以上之上述式(1)所表示之四羧酸二烷酯,更佳爲8〇莫 耳%以上。該情形中,可同時使用上述式(1 )所表示之四 羧酸二烷酯衍生物,與下述式(10)〜(11)所表示之四 羧酸二烷酯衍生物作爲四羧酸衍生物。 [化 25]In the present invention, the tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester preferably contains 60 mol% or more of the dicarboxylic acid dialkyl ester represented by the above formula (1), more preferably 8 mol% or more. In this case, the dicarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative represented by the above formula (1) and the tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative represented by the following formulas (10) to (11) can be used simultaneously as the tetracarboxylic acid. derivative. [Chem. 25]

上述式(10)〜(11)中,X爲4價之有機基,R!,包 含較佳之例示,亦與式(1 )之情形爲相同。X,並未有特 別限定之內容,列舉其具體例時,例如下述X-1〜X-46所 表示之構造等。又,該些之四羧酸衍生物可使用2種以上 -33- 201200561 亦可。 [化 26] h3c h3c ch3 h3c ch3 友此#文介 ch3 h36 ch3 / \ (X-l) (X-2) (X-3) (X-4) (X-5) (X-6) ^yxxcy^xcyw: (X-7) (X-8) (X-9) (X-10) (X-ll) (X-12) 取:nltc WXKΙΧΣ (X-l 3) (X-14) (X-l 5) (X-l 6) [化 27]In the above formulae (10) to (11), X is a tetravalent organic group, and R! contains a preferred example, and is also the same as in the case of the formula (1). X is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include, for example, the structures shown in the following X-1 to X-46. Further, these tetracarboxylic acid derivatives may be used in combination of two or more kinds - 33 - 201200561. [化26] h3c h3c ch3 h3c ch3 友此#文介ch3 h36 ch3 / \ (Xl) (X-2) (X-3) (X-4) (X-5) (X-6) ^yxxcy^ Xcyw: (X-7) (X-8) (X-9) (X-10) (X-ll) (X-12) Take: nltc WXKΙΧΣ (Xl 3) (X-14) (Xl 5) ( Xl 6) [Chem. 27]

(X-22) (X-23) (X-24) (X-25)(X-22) (X-23) (X-24) (X-25)

-34 201200561 [化 28]-34 201200561 [Chem. 28]

又’本發明中,上述式(2)〜(5)所表示之 全二胺中,較佳爲含有5〜100莫耳%,更佳爲5〇, 耳%。使用上述式(2)〜(5)所表示之二胺的同 可使用下述式(12)所表示之二胺。 [:化 29] HN—Y—NH (12)Further, in the present invention, the total diamine represented by the above formulas (2) to (5) preferably contains 5 to 100 mol%, more preferably 5 Å, and ear%. The diamine represented by the following formula (12) can be used in the same manner as the diamine represented by the above formulas (2) to (5). [:化 29] HN—Y—NH (12)

Re R7 式(12)中,R6及R?分別獨立表示氫原子, 取代基之碳數1〜1〇之烷基、烯基、炔基。上述院 基、炔基之具體例,爲與前述之內容爲相同之內容 上述之烷基、烯基、炔基’其全體之碳數爲 二胺於 ,100 莫 時,亦 可具有 基、烯 9 〜10時 -35- 201200561 ’可具有取代基,其可再經由取代基而形成環構造。又, 經由取代基而形成環構造係指,取代基相互間或取代基與 母骨架之一部份鍵結而形成環構造之意。 該取代基之例如,鹵素基、羥基、硫醇基、硝基、芳 基、有機氧基、有機硫基、有機矽烷基、醯基、酯基、硫 酯基、磷酸酯基、醯胺基、烷基、烯基、炔基等。各取代 基之具體例,爲與前述之內容爲相同之內容。 一般而言,導入大體積之構造時,會有造成胺基之反 應性或液晶配向性降低之可能性,故r6及r7以氫原子,或 可具有取代基之碳數1〜5之烷基爲更佳,以氫原子、甲基 或乙基爲特佳。 上述式(12 )中,Y爲2價之有機基。Y並未有特別限 定之內容,欲列舉其具體例時,例如下述式Y-1〜Y1 13所 表示之構造等。又,亦可使用2種以上之二胺化合物。其 中又就可得到良好之液晶配向性之觀點,以將具有高直線 性 之 二胺導 入聚 醯胺酸 酯中爲 佳,Y !以 Y-7 、 Y-1 0 、 Y- 11 、 Y-1 2、 Y-13、 Y-21、 Y-22、 Y-23 、Y-25 Y- 26 、 Y- 27 Y- 41、 Y -42、 Y-43、 Y-44、 Y-45 、Y-46 > Y- 48 Y- •6 1 Y- •63、 Y -64 ' Y-71、 Y-72、 Y-73 、Y-74 、 Y- 75 Y- 98 之 二 胺爲更 佳。 又,欲: 提高其預傾角 之情形 以 將 側 鏈 具 有 長 鏈院基 、芳 香族環 、脂肪族環、 類固醇 骨架 或 該 些 組 合 所得之 構造 的二胺丨 導入聚醯胺酸 酯中爲 佳, Υι 以 Y- 76 % Y- 77、 Y -78、 Y-79、 Y-80、 Y-8 1 、Y-82 > Y- 83 、 Y- •84 、 Y- 85 、 Y •86、 Y-87、 Y-88、 Y-89 、Y-90 > Y- 91 、 Y- 92 -36- 201200561 、Υ-93、Υ-94、Υ-95、Y-96,或 Y-97 之二胺爲更佳。該些 二胺以對全二胺添加1〜50莫耳%,更佳爲添加5〜20莫耳 %時,可得到任意之預傾角。 [化 30] •Ο 众 χηαΗ3Χη〇Γ3 (Y-l) (Υ-2) (Υ-3) (Υ-4)Re R7 In the formula (12), R6 and R? each independently represent a hydrogen atom, and an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group having 1 to 1 carbon atoms of the substituent. Specific examples of the above-mentioned base group and alkynyl group are the same as those described above. The above-mentioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, and alkynyl group have the same carbon number as diamine, and may have a base or alkene at 100 moles. 9 to 10:00 -35 - 201200561 ' may have a substituent which may form a ring structure via a substituent. Further, the formation of a ring structure via a substituent means that the substituents are bonded to each other or a part of the substituent is bonded to a part of the parent skeleton to form a ring structure. Examples of the substituent include a halogen group, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a nitro group, an aryl group, an organic oxy group, an organic thio group, an organic decyl group, a decyl group, an ester group, a thioester group, a phosphate group, and a decyl group. , alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and the like. Specific examples of the respective substituents are the same as those described above. In general, when a large volume structure is introduced, there is a possibility that the reactivity of the amine group or the liquid crystal alignment property is lowered, so that r6 and r7 are a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 5 which may have a substituent. More preferably, it is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. In the above formula (12), Y is a divalent organic group. Y is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a structure represented by the following formulas Y-1 to Y1 13 and the like. Further, two or more kinds of diamine compounds may also be used. In view of the fact that a good liquid crystal alignment property can be obtained, it is preferred to introduce a diamine having a high linearity into the polyphthalate, and Y! is Y-7, Y-1 0 , Y- 11 , Y- 1 2, Y-13, Y-21, Y-22, Y-23, Y-25 Y- 26, Y- 27 Y-41, Y-42, Y-43, Y-44, Y-45, Y -46 > Y- 48 Y- •6 1 Y- •63, Y-64 'Y-71, Y-72, Y-73, Y-74, Y-75 Y-98 diamine is more preferred. Further, it is preferred to: increase the pretilt angle to introduce a diamine fluorene having a long chain of a home chain, an aromatic ring, an aliphatic ring, a steroid skeleton or a combination thereof into a polyglycolate. , Υι is Y-76% Y-77, Y-78, Y-79, Y-80, Y-8 1 , Y-82 > Y-83, Y- •84, Y-85, Y •86, Y-87, Y-88, Y-89, Y-90 > Y-91, Y-92-36-201200561, Υ-93, Υ-94, Υ-95, Y-96, or Y-97 The diamine is more preferred. These diamines may have an arbitrary pretilt angle by adding 1 to 50 mol% to the total diamine, more preferably 5 to 20 mol%. [化30] •Ο众χηαΗ3Χη〇Γ3 (Y-l) (Υ-2) (Υ-3) (Υ-4)

[化如[化如

-37- 201200561 [化 33] § H3QPH3 f3ccf3-37- 201200561 [Chem. 33] § H3QPH3 f3ccf3

(Y-37) H(Y-37) H

(Y-38) 0¾ X (Y-40) X (Y-41)(Y-38) 03⁄4 X (Y-40) X (Y-41)

(Y-43)(Y-43)

[化 35] CH3 ch3 —(CH2)n— —(CH2)2-0-(CH2)2--(CH^-C-iCH^s (Y-53) (Y-54) (Y-52) iY-53、亡H3 <fH3 CH3 -ch2-c-<ch2>2-c-(ch2)2— -ch (Y-55)H (Y- ch3 —(CH2)2~^~(CH2)5— ^(CH2)4-i (Y-57) ;H2-i-(CH2)24 -56)H H ch3 H ch3 Cl )3-Qi—〇—$i- H3 -(CH2)3- (Y-58) ch3 —(C H2)3-〇-<C H2)2-〇-iCH2)3--(C H2)3-^i—〇-Si-〇-(CH2)3- (Y-59) (Y-60) 0H3 CH3 -38- 201200561 [化 36]CH3 ch3 —(CH2)n—(CH2)2-0-(CH2)2--(CH^-C-iCH^s (Y-53) (Y-54) (Y-52) iY-53, 死H3 <fH3 CH3 -ch2-c-<ch2>2-c-(ch2)2— -ch (Y-55)H (Y-ch3 —(CH2)2~^~(CH2 ) 5— ^(CH2)4-i (Y-57) ; H2-i-(CH2)24 -56)HH ch3 H ch3 Cl )3-Qi—〇—$i- H3 —(CH2)3- ( Y-58) ch3 —(C H2)3-〇-<C H2)2-〇-iCH2)3--(C H2)3-^i-〇-Si-〇-(CH2)3- (Y -59) (Y-60) 0H3 CH3 -38- 201200561 [化36]

[化 37] -ζ^~(0^2)η-^}- J〇T〇S(CH2)^〇X^ (Υ-71) η=3〜5 (Υ-72) η=2~5 筒:; [化 38] (Υ-74) (Υ-75)[化37] -ζ^~(0^2)η-^}- J〇T〇S(CH2)^〇X^ (Υ-71) η=3~5 (Υ-72) η=2~5 Cartridge:; [Chem. 38] (Υ-74) (Υ-75)

PiCH2)n 2-5'PiCH2)n 2-5'

HCH2)n-CH3 (Υ-76) n=5~19 <CH2)n-CH3 (Υ-77) η=5~19 -39- 201200561 [fls39] ㈣ >-〇-〇-<CH2)n-CH3 ^(Y-82) ff=0~21 * (Υ-83)[化 40]HCH2)n-CH3 (Υ-76) n=5~19 <CH2)n-CH3 (Υ-77) η=5~19 -39- 201200561 [fls39] (4) >-〇-〇-<CH2 )n-CH3 ^(Y-82) ff=0~21 * (Υ-83)[化40]

CH2)n-CH3 η=0~21CH2)n-CH3 η=0~21

(Υ-89)(Υ-89)

-40- 201200561 [化 42]-40- 201200561 [化42]

C02H i (Y-98) [化 44] C02H A (Υ-99)C02H i (Y-98) [化 44] C02H A (Υ-99)

(Y-103) (Υ-104) -41 - 201200561 [化 45](Y-103) (Υ-104) -41 - 201200561 [Chem. 45]

[化州[化州

~0~n3i'0~ (Υ-110)~0~n3i'0~ (Υ-110)

(Y-113) -42- 201200561(Y-113) -42- 201200561

[(B )成分] 本發明所使用之聚醯胺酸,爲製得聚醯亞胺 聚醯亞胺前驅物,具有經由加熱可進行下述所示 反應之部位的聚合物。 [化 47] Ο 广·〆丛J-lX X—OH 所使用之 醯亞胺化[Component (B)] The polylysine used in the present invention is a polymer obtained by producing a polyimine polyimide precursor having a reaction site which can be subjected to the reaction shown below by heating.化 〆 〆 J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

本發明之(B)成分爲由四羧酸二酐與二胺 合反應而得之聚醯胺酸。四羧酸二酐可由下述式 表示,式中乂1爲4價之有機基,其構造並未有特 列舉具體之例示時,例如上述式(X-η〜(X-造等。 經由縮聚 (1 3 )所 別限定。 46 )之構 Ο [化 48] ΟThe component (B) of the present invention is a polyamic acid obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be represented by the following formula: wherein 乂1 is a tetravalent organic group, and the structure thereof is not specifically exemplified, for example, the above formula (X-η~(X-made, etc.) via polycondensation (1 3) is not limited. 46) The structure [化48] Ο

二胺化合物,可以下述式(14)所表示,式 2價之有機基,其構造並未有特別限定》欲列舉 時,例如上述式(Υ-1 )〜(Υ-99)及(Υ-110 -43- 中,丫!爲 其具體例 )〜(Υ- (14) 201200561 113)之構造等。 [化 49]The diamine compound may be represented by the following formula (14), and the organic group of the formula 2 is not particularly limited. For example, the above formula (Υ-1)~(Υ-99) and (Υ) -110 -43- Medium, 丫! For its specific example) ~(Υ- (14) 201200561 113) structure. [化49]

HN—Yi-NH R6 R7 (式中,r6及R7與上述式(12)之各個定義爲相 內容)。 (B)成分偏存於膜表面時,會有阻礙液晶配向 能性。又,若能使(A)成分偏存於膜表面時,除液 向性以外’也可得到具有優良信賴性或殘影特性之液 向膜。因此,(B)成分之聚醯胺酸,以使用具有高 可提高(A)成分之表面移行性的極性,且具有高溶 之聚醯胺酸爲佳。就該些觀點而言,以使用含有由上 (B-1)〜(B-9)所成群所選出之至少1種之四羧酸 的四羧酸二酐與二胺所得之聚醯胺酸爲佳。(B _ ί ) Β-9)所成群所選出之至少1種的四羧酸二酐之使用比 相對於全四羧酸二酐以5莫耳%〜1〇〇莫耳%爲佳。就 用比例越高時,可提高聚合物之極性及溶解性之觀點 2〇莫耳%〜100莫耳%爲更佳,以40莫耳%〜1〇〇莫耳 最佳》 又就相同之觀點’使用具有高極性之取代基的二 也可使(Β)成分之聚醯胺酸偏存於膜內部及基板界 具有高極性之取代基的二胺,例如以還有二級或三級 基、羥基、醯胺基、脲基,或羧基的二胺爲佳。具體 同之 之可 晶配 晶配 度之 解性 述式 二酐 〜( 例, 該使 ,以 %爲 胺, 面。 之胺 例如 -44 - 201200561 ’上述式(14)之 Υι以 Υ-19' γ_3ΐ、 γ-40、 Υ-45、 Y-49〜 Υ-51、Υ-61、Υ-98,Υ-99 等,含有羧基之 γ_98 及 γ-99 爲更 佳。 具有筒極性之取代基的二胺化合物之使用量,相對於 全一胺,以5莫耳%〜loo莫耳%爲佳。該使用量越高時, 可提高聚合物之極性,就桿t ,A、+ 规δε向(a)成分之膜表面比例之 觀點,以10莫耳%〜10〇苗^__ 0〇莫耳%爲更佳,以30莫耳%〜1〇〇 莫耳%爲最佳。 (B)成分之原 抖的四羧酸二酐,以含有由下述之式 (Β-1 )〜式(Β-9 ),μ Z四羧酸二酐所成群所選出之至少1 種類的四羧酸二酐爲隹。 [化 50]HN-Yi-NH R6 R7 (wherein, r6 and R7 are defined as each of the above formula (12)). When the component (B) is deposited on the surface of the film, the alignment property of the liquid crystal is hindered. Further, when the component (A) can be deposited on the surface of the film, a liquid film having excellent reliability or image retention characteristics can be obtained. Therefore, the polyamic acid of the component (B) is preferably a poly-proline which has a polarity which can improve the surface transition property of the component (A) and which has a high solubility. In this regard, the polyamine obtained from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine containing at least one of the tetracarboxylic acids selected from the above (B-1) to (B-9) is used. Acid is better. (B _ ί ) Β-9) The use ratio of at least one tetracarboxylic dianhydride selected in the group is preferably 5 mol% to 1 mol% based on the total tetracarboxylic dianhydride. When the ratio is higher, the viewpoint of the polarity and solubility of the polymer can be improved. 2 〇%% to 100% by mole is more preferable, and 40% by mole is the best. The viewpoint of using a substituent having a high polarity also allows the polyamine of the (Β) component to be deviated from the diamine having a highly polar substituent inside the film and the substrate, for example, also having a secondary or tertiary level. A diamine of a hydroxy group, a decylamino group, a ureido group or a carboxyl group is preferred. Specifically, the dianhydride of the formula can be crystallized. (Example, the amine is used as the amine, and the amine is, for example, -44 - 201200561. The above formula (14) is Υ Υ-19' γ_3ΐ Γ-40, Υ-45, Y-49~Υ-51, Υ-61, Υ-98, Υ-99, etc., γ_98 and γ-99 having a carboxyl group are more preferable. The amount of the amine compound used is preferably from 5 mol% to loomo% relative to the total amine. The higher the amount of use, the higher the polarity of the polymer, in terms of the rods t, A, + gauge δ ε ( a) The ratio of the film surface ratio of the component is preferably 10 mol% to 10 〇m ^ _ _ 0 〇 mol %, and 30 mol % 〜 1 〇〇 mol % is the best. (B) Composition a tetracarboxylic dianhydride of at least one type selected from the group consisting of the following formula (Β-1)~((-9), μZ tetracarboxylic dianhydride The dianhydride is hydrazine. [Chem. 50]

-45- 201200561 由該式(B-l )〜(B-9 )所成群所選出之至少1種類 之四羧酸二酐,以於作爲(B)成分之原料使用之全四羧 酸二酐中,較佳爲使用含有之20莫耳%以上,更佳爲40莫 耳%以上。 又,作爲(B)成分之原料之二胺,以含有由下述之 式(B-10 )〜(B-13 )所成群所選出之至少1種類之二胺 爲佳。 [化 51]-45- 201200561 At least one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride selected from the group consisting of the formulas (B1) to (B-9) for use in the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used as a raw material of the component (B) Preferably, it is contained in an amount of 20 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more. Further, the diamine which is a raw material of the component (B) is preferably at least one type of diamine selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (B-10) to (B-13). [化 51]

上述之式(B-10)〜(B-13)所成群所選出之至少1 種類之二胺,以於作爲(B)成分之原料使用之全二胺中 ,較佳爲使用20莫耳%以上,更佳爲40莫耳%以上。 [(C)成分] 本發明之(C)成分爲,含有由丁內酯及其衍生物 所成群所選出之至少1種之有機溶劑(C1),與由N-甲基_ 2-吡咯啶酮、1,3-二甲基四氫咪唑酮及該些之衍生物所成 -46 - 201200561 群所選出之至少1種之有機溶劑(C2 ),且,有機溶劑( C1)之含量,相對於有機溶劑(C1)與有機溶劑(C2) 之合計量爲2〜30質量%之混合溶劑。 有機溶劑(C1)之7 -丁內酯及其衍生物之例,如爲 具有內酯構造之有機溶劑時,並未有特別限定,但就適合 作爲溶解本發明之(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯的溶劑時,以 r-丁內酯、r-戊內酯爲特佳^ 有機溶劑(C2),例如N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1,3-二甲 基咪唑啉酮,或該些之衍生物之例如,N -甲基-2-吡咯啶 酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-甲基 己內醯胺、2 -吡咯啶酮、1,3 -二甲基咪唑啉酮等。沸點過 高時,溶劑將殘留於膜中,而會有造成液晶配向膜之特性 惡化之可能性,故以N -甲基-2 -吡略啶酮、1,3 -二甲基-2-四氫咪唑酮爲佳,以N -甲基-2 -吡咯啶酮爲更佳。 本發明之(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯,對於有機溶劑( C1)具有高度親和性,且容易溶解於該些之有機溶劑中。 但是,本發明之(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯,有機溶劑(C2 )爲低親和性,其含量過多時,將會析出(A)成分之聚 醯胺酸酯,或會有影響聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之相分離狀 態之可能性。因此,本發明之(C)成分中,該有機溶劑 (C2)之含量,相對於有機溶劑(C1)與有機溶劑(C2 )之合計量,以2質量%〜30質量%爲佳,更佳爲2質量% 〜20質量%,特佳爲5質量%〜15質量%。 有機溶劑(C2 )之含量,依液晶配向劑之塗佈方法之 -47- 201200561 不同其較佳之範圍亦有所差異,於凸版印刷法 塗佈之際,溶劑組成不容易產生變化,一般t 30質量%爲更佳,以5質量%〜15質量%爲最佳 又,噴墨塗佈法之情形中,於塗佈之際, 劑會形成微小之液滴,故塗佈前之溶劑組成內 配向劑附著於基板之後的溶劑組成內容會有不 。具體而言,塗佈高蒸氣壓之丁內酯及其 因會產生揮發,附著於基板之際的r-丁內酯 之含量會降低。因此,以使用有機溶劑(C1) 組成爲佳,有機溶劑(C2 )之含量,以2質量 %爲更佳,以2質量%〜10質量%爲最佳。 [聚醯胺酸酯之製造方法] 本發明之液晶配向劑之(A )成分,聚醯 公知之製造方法予以製造,具體而言例如(a) 方法等,但並未限定於此。 (a)由酸氯化物與二胺化合物製造聚醯 形 聚醯胺酸酯,可由雙(氯羰基)化合物與 製得。 具體而言,將雙(氯羰基)化合物與二胺 與有機溶劑之存在下,以_20°C〜140°C,較但 °C中,進行3〇分鐘〜24小時,較佳爲1〜4小時 之情形中, 又5質量%〜 Γ 〇 因液晶配向 容,與液晶 同之可能性 衍生物之際 及其衍生物 較多之溶劑 %〜15質量 胺酸酯可依 、(b)之 胺酸酯之情 二胺化合物 化合物於鹼 ;爲0 °C〜5 0 之反應而可 -48- 201200561 製得。前述鹼,可使用吡啶、三乙基胺、4-二甲基胺基吡 啶,但就反應得以穩定進行之觀點,以使用吡啶爲佳。鹼 之添加量,因過多時不容易去除,過少時,會造成分子量 過小,故對雙(氯羰基)化合物而言,以2〜4倍莫耳爲佳 〇 上述式(i)之製造聚醯胺酸酯所使用之溶劑,就單 體及就聚合物之溶解性而言,以N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、r-丁內酯爲佳,該些可使用1種或將2種以上混合使用。製造 時之濃度,過高時容易引起聚合物之析出、過低時無法提 升分子量,故相對於雙(氯羰基)化合物與二胺化合物於 反應液中之合計量以1〜30質量%爲佳,以5〜20質量%爲 更佳。又,爲防止雙(氯羰基)化合物之水解,製造聚醯 胺酸酯時所使用之溶劑以盡可能使用脫水者爲佳,並以於 氮雰圍中,置入防止其他氣體混入者爲佳》 (b)由二羧酸二烷酯與二胺化合物製造聚醯胺酸酯 之情形 聚醯胺酸酯,可由四羧酸二烷酯與二胺化合物經由縮 合劑縮合而可製得。 具體而言,二羧酸二烷酯與二胺化合物,於縮合劑、 鹼,及有機溶劑之存在下,於〇°C〜140°C,較佳爲0°c〜 100°C中,進行30分鐘〜24小時,較佳爲3〜15小時之反應 而可製得。 前述縮合劑中,可使用三苯基亞磷酸鹽、二環己基碳 -49- 201200561 二醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-(3-二甲基胺基丙基)碳二醯亞胺鹽 酸鹽、Ν,Ν’-羰二咪唑、二甲氧基_1,3,5-三氮雜苯基甲基 嗎啉鑰、0-(苯倂三唑-1-基)-Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’-四甲基脲陽離 子四氟硼鹽、〇-(苯併三唑-1-基)-Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’-四甲基脲 陽離子六氟磷酸鹽、(2,3-二氫-2-硫(酮)基-3-苯併噁唑 基)膦酸二苯酯等。縮合劑之添加量,相對於二羧酸二烷 酯,以2〜3倍莫耳爲佳。 前述鹼’可使用吡啶、三乙基胺等之三級胺。鹼之添 加量,過多時將不容易去除,過少時,會造成分子量過小 ,一般相對於二胺成分以2〜4倍莫耳爲佳。 又,上述反應中,使用路易士酸作爲添加劑時可使反 應有效率地進行。路易士酸以氯化鋰、溴化鋰等之鹵化鋰 爲佳。路易士酸之添加量,相對於二胺成分以0〜1.0倍莫 耳爲佳。 上述3個聚醯胺酸酯之製造方法中,就可得到高分子 量之聚醯胺酸酯等觀點,以(a)之製造方法爲特佳。 上述方法所得之聚醯胺酸酯之溶液,於充分攪拌中注 入貧溶劑時,可析出聚合物。進行數次析出、以貧溶劑洗 淨後,於常溫或加熱乾燥後可得精製之聚醯胺酸酯之粉末 〇 前述貧溶劑,並未有特別限定,一般例如水、甲醇、 乙醇、己烷、丁基溶纖素、丙酮、甲苯等。 [聚醯胺酸之製造] -50- 201200561 本發明之液晶配向劑之(B)成分,又如,作爲(A) 成分之聚醯胺酸酯的原料之聚醯胺酸,可將四羧酸二酐與 二胺化合物經縮聚合而可製得。 製造聚醯胺酸之情形,四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物,較 佳爲於有機溶劑存在下,於-20°C〜140°C,較佳爲0°C〜 5 0 °C中,進行3 0分鐘〜24小時,較佳爲1〜1 2小時之反應 而可製得。上述式(iii)之製造聚醯胺酸時所使用之溶劑 ,就單體及聚合物之溶解性而言,以N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、 N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丁內酯爲佳,該些可使用1種或將 2種以上混合使用。製造時之濃度,過高時容易引起聚合 物之析出、過低時無法提升分子量,故相對於四羧酸二酐 與二胺化合物於反應液中之合計量,以1〜30質量%爲佳 ,以5〜20質量%爲更佳。 依上述方法所得之聚醯胺酸,其反應溶液可作爲(B )成分使用,但就液晶配向劑中不欲含有聚合所使用之溶 劑之情形等觀點,以將聚合物以固體回收後,作爲本發明 之(B)成分使用爲佳。 聚合物,可於反應溶液充分攪拌中注入貧溶劑,析出 聚合物後,予以回收。進行數次析出、以貧溶劑洗淨後, 於常溫或加熱乾燥,而可製得精製之聚醯胺酸的粉末。 前述貧溶劑,並未有特別限定,一般例如水、甲醇、 乙醇、己烷、丁基溶纖素、丙酮、甲苯等。 聚合反應所使用之二胺成分與四羧酸衍生物(四羧酸 二酐、四羧酸二烷基衍生物)之比例,就分子量控制之觀 -51 - 201200561 點,以莫耳比1: 0.7〜1: 1.2爲佳。該莫耳比越近1: i時 ,可增大所得之聚醯亞胺前驅物之分子量。聚醯胺酸酯及 聚醯胺酸之分子量,會影響清漆之黏度,或聚醯亞胺膜之 物理強度,故聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺.酸之分子量過大時,會 有造成清漆塗佈作業性或塗膜均勻性惡化之情形,分子量 過小時會有造成所得聚醯亞胺膜之強度不充分之情形。 因此’本發明之聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸之分子量,以 重量平均分子量爲2,000〜500,000爲佳,更佳爲5,000〜 3 00,000 > 特佳爲 10,000 〜100,000。 [液晶配向劑] 本發明之液晶配向劑,如上所述般,爲含有具有特定 構造之聚醯胺酸酯((A)成分)與聚醯胺酸((B)成分 ),與含有有機溶劑(C1)與有機溶劑(C2)之混合溶劑 ((C)成分)。本發明之液晶配向劑中,(A)成分與( B)成分之含有比例,就質量比(A/B)較佳爲1/9〜9 /1,以3/7〜7/3爲更佳。該比例於此範圍內時,可提 供一種無論於液晶配向性或電氣特性皆爲良好之液晶配向 劑。 又,本發明之液晶配向劑中,(C )成分之含量,相 對於(A)成分、(B)成分及(C)成分之合計量,以7〇 質量%以上爲佳,以80質量%以上爲更佳,90質量%以上 爲最佳。(C)成分之含量過少時,會有引起聚合物析出 之可能性’又,過多之情形,因會降低聚合物之濃度,而 -52- 201200561 會有無法得到充分膜厚度之塗膜,而爲不佳。 又,本發明之液晶配向劑中之(A)成分,及(B)成 分之合計含量(濃度),可配合所欲形成之液晶配向膜之 厚度設定作適當之變更,但就形成均勻且無缺陷之塗膜之 觀點,(C)成分對有機溶劑以含有0.5質量%以上爲佳, 就溶液保存安定性之觀點,以15質量%以下、特別是以1 〜1 0質量%爲佳。 本發明之液晶配向劑,以具有有機溶劑之(C )成分 爲特徴,但亦可含有其他溶劑。本發明之液晶配向劑所使 用之溶劑,例如可以溶解聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸之溶劑( 以下,亦稱爲良溶劑)與將液晶配向劑塗佈於基板之際可 提高塗膜均勻性之溶劑(以下,亦稱爲貧溶劑)等2種。 良溶劑,只要可以溶解(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯與(B )成分之聚醯胺酸之溶劑者,並未有特別限定。即,列舉 其具體例時,例如N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲醯胺 、Ν,Ν-二甲基乙醯胺、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-甲基己內 醯胺、2 -吡咯啶酮' Ν -乙基吡咯啶酮、Ν -乙烯基吡咯啶酮 、一甲基亞颯、—甲基楓、六甲基亞楓、7-丁內醋、3 -甲 氧基-Ν,Ν-二甲基丙醯胺等。該些可使用1種或將2種以上 混合使用。又,即使單獨無法溶解聚合物之溶劑,於不會 析出聚合物之範圍,亦可使用混合溶劑,或使用2種以上 作爲混合溶劑使用亦可。 貧溶劑’只要爲具有低表面張力,且可提高塗膜均勻 性之溶劑時’並未有特別限定。即,列舉其具體例時,例 -53- 201200561 如乙基溶纖素、丁基溶纖素、乙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、 乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、乙二醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、1-乙氧 基-2-丙醇、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、1-苯氧基-2-丙醇、丙二醇 單乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸酯、丙二醇-1-單甲基醚-2-乙酸 酯、丙二醇-1-單乙基醚-2·乙酸酯、丁基溶纖素乙酸酯、 二丙二醇、2- (2-乙氧丙氧基)丙醇、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙 酯、乳酸η·丙酯、乳酸η-丁酯、乳酸異戊酯等。該些之溶 劑可將2種上合倂使用亦可。 本發明之液晶配向劑,可含有矽烷偶合劑或交聯劑等 各種添加劑。矽烷偶合劑爲,提高塗佈有液晶配向劑之基 板,與於其上所形成之液晶配向膜的密著性之目的而添加 者。以下將列舉矽烷偶合劑之具體例,但並非限定於該些 內容。 3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基)胺基丙 基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基)胺基丙基甲基二甲氧 基矽烷、3·胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯基胺基丙基三甲 氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽烷基-N-(l,3-二甲基-亞丁基) 丙基胺、3-胺基丙基二乙氧基甲基矽烷等之胺系矽烷偶合 劑;乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基 三(2-甲氧基乙氧基)矽烷、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、 乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三異丙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三 甲氧基矽烷、P·苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷等之乙烯基系矽烷 偶合劑;3 -環氧丙氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3 -環氧丙氧丙基 三乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環 -54- 201200561 氧丙氧丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2- (3,4-環氧基環己基) 乙基三甲氧基矽烷等之環氧基系矽烷偶合劑;3 -甲基丙烯 醯氧丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧 基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基 丙烯醯氧丙基三乙氧基矽烷等之甲基丙烯酸系矽烷偶合劑 ;3-丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷等之丙烯酸系矽烷偶合劑 ;3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等之脲基系矽烷偶合劑:雙( 3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)丙基)二硫醚、雙(3-(三乙氧基 矽烷基)丙基)四硫醚等之硫醚系矽烷偶合劑;3 -氫硫基 丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3 -氫硫基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-辛醯硫基-1-丙基三乙氧基矽烷等之氫硫基系矽烷偶合劑; 3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三甲氧基 矽烷等之異氰酸酯系矽烷偶合劑;三乙氧基矽烷基丁醛等 之醛系矽烷偶合劑;三乙氧基矽烷基丙基甲基胺基甲酸酯 、(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)-t-丁基胺基甲酸酯等之胺基 甲酸酯系矽烷偶合劑。 上述矽烷偶合劑之添加量,過多時,未反應之物質將 會對液晶配向性產生不良影響,過少時將無法顯現密著性 之效果,故對聚合物之固體成份而言,以0.01〜5·〇重量% 爲佳,0.1〜1.0重量%爲更佳。 添加上述矽烷偶合劑之情形中,爲防止聚合物之析出 、以於添加前述提高塗膜均勻性之溶劑之前添加爲佳。又 ,添加矽烷偶合劑之情形’可於混合聚醯胺酸酯溶液與聚 醯胺酸溶液之前’添加於聚醯胺酸酯溶液、聚醯胺酸溶液 -55- 201200561 ,或添加於聚醯胺酸酯溶液與聚醯胺酸溶液二者皆可。又 ,亦可添加於聚醯胺酸酯-聚醯胺酸混合溶液中。矽烷偶 合劑爲提高聚合物與基板之密著性等目的所添加者,矽烷 偶合劑之添加方法例如,添加於可偏存於膜內部及基板界 面之聚醯胺酸溶液中,經聚合物與矽烷偶合劑充分反應之 後,與聚醯胺酸酯溶液混合之方法爲更佳。 燒焙塗膜之際,爲有效地進行聚醯胺酸酯之醯亞胺化 ,可添加醯亞胺化促進劑。以下將列舉聚醯胺酸酯之醯亞 胺化促進劑之具體例,但並非限定於該些內容。At least one type of diamine selected in the above group (B-10) to (B-13) is preferably used in a total amount of 20% of the total diamine used as a raw material of the component (B). More than %, more preferably 40% by mole or more. [Component (C)] The component (C) of the present invention contains at least one organic solvent (C1) selected from the group consisting of butyrolactone and a derivative thereof, and N-methyl-2-pyrrole The at least one organic solvent (C2) selected from the group consisting of pyridine ketone, 1,3-dimethyltetrahydroimidazolidone and the derivatives thereof, and the content of the organic solvent (C1), A mixed solvent of 2 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the organic solvent (C1) and the organic solvent (C2). The example of the 7-butyrolactone and the derivative thereof in the organic solvent (C1) is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent having a lactone structure, but is suitable as a polycondensate for dissolving the component (A) of the present invention. When the solvent of the amine ester is used, r-butyrolactone and r-valerolactone are particularly preferable organic solvents (C2), such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 1,3-dimethylimidazoline. a ketone, or a derivative thereof, for example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylhexene Indoleamine, 2-pyrrolidone, 1,3 -dimethylimidazolidinone and the like. When the boiling point is too high, the solvent will remain in the film, and there is a possibility that the characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment film are deteriorated, so N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 1,3-dimethyl-2- Tetrahydroimidazolidone is preferred, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is more preferred. The polyphthalate ester of the component (A) of the present invention has a high affinity for the organic solvent (C1) and is easily dissolved in the organic solvent. However, the polyamine amide of the component (A) of the present invention has a low affinity for the organic solvent (C2). When the content is too large, the polyamine amide of the component (A) precipitates or may affect the polymerization. The possibility of phase separation of the phthalate and polylysine. Therefore, in the component (C) of the present invention, the content of the organic solvent (C2) is preferably 2% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the organic solvent (C1) and the organic solvent (C2), more preferably It is 2% by mass to 20% by mass, particularly preferably 5% by mass to 15% by mass. The content of the organic solvent (C2) varies depending on the coating method of the liquid crystal alignment agent -47-201200561, and the solvent composition is not easily changed when the letterpress printing method is applied, generally t 30 The mass % is more preferably 5% by mass to 15% by mass. In the case of the inkjet coating method, at the time of coating, the agent forms minute droplets, so the solvent composition before coating The composition of the solvent after the alignment agent is attached to the substrate may be different. Specifically, the butyrolactone having a high vapor pressure is applied and volatilization occurs, and the content of r-butyrolactone at the time of adhesion to the substrate is lowered. Therefore, the composition using the organic solvent (C1) is preferred, and the content of the organic solvent (C2) is more preferably 2% by mass, and most preferably 2% by mass to 10% by mass. [Method for Producing Polyurethane Amine] The component (A) of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is produced by a known production method, specifically, for example, the method (a), but is not limited thereto. (a) Production of a polyfluorene polyphthalate from an acid chloride and a diamine compound, which can be obtained from a bis(chlorocarbonyl) compound. Specifically, in the presence of a bis(chlorocarbonyl) compound and a diamine and an organic solvent, it is carried out at -20 ° C to 140 ° C, but in ° C, for 3 Torr to 24 hours, preferably 1 〜 In the case of 4 hours, 5% by mass of Γ 〇 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶The amine diamine compound compound is obtained from a base; it is a reaction of 0 ° C to 50 ° and can be obtained from -48 to 201200561. As the base, pyridine, triethylamine or 4-dimethylaminopyridinium can be used, but from the viewpoint that the reaction proceeds stably, it is preferred to use pyridine. When the amount of alkali added is too small, it is not easy to remove. When the amount is too small, the molecular weight is too small. Therefore, for the bis(chlorocarbonyl) compound, it is preferable to use 2 to 4 times moles of the above formula (i). The solvent used for the amine ester is preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or r-butyrolactone in terms of the solubility of the monomer and the polymer, and one or two of them may be used. More than one kind of mixture is used. When the concentration at the time of production is too high, the precipitation of the polymer is likely to occur, and when the molecular weight is too low, the molecular weight cannot be increased. Therefore, it is preferably 1 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the bis(chlorocarbonyl) compound and the diamine compound in the reaction liquid. It is preferably 5 to 20% by mass. Further, in order to prevent hydrolysis of the bis(chlorocarbonyl) compound, it is preferred to use a solvent which is used in the production of the polyglycolate as far as possible, and it is preferred to prevent the incorporation of other gases in a nitrogen atmosphere. (b) A polyphthalate ester produced from a dicarboxylic acid dialkyl ester and a diamine compound. The polyglycolate ester can be obtained by condensing a dicarboxylic acid tetraalkyl ester with a diamine compound via a condensing agent. Specifically, the dialkyl dicarboxylate and the diamine compound are carried out in the presence of a condensing agent, a base, and an organic solvent at 〇 ° C to 140 ° C, preferably 0 ° c to 100 ° C. It can be obtained by reacting for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 3 to 15 hours. Among the above condensing agents, triphenyl phosphite, dicyclohexyl carbon-49-201200561 diimine, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide can be used. Hydrochloride, hydrazine, Ν'-carbonyldiimidazole, dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazaphenylmethylmorpholine, 0-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-indole, Ν,Ν',Ν'-tetramethylurea cation tetrafluoroborate, 〇-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-oxime, Ν,Ν',Ν'-tetramethylurea cation hexafluorophosphate And (2,3-dihydro-2-thio(keto)yl-3-benzoxazolyl)phosphonic acid diphenyl ester. The amount of the condensing agent to be added is preferably 2 to 3 moles per mole of the dialkyl dicarboxylate. As the base ', a tertiary amine such as pyridine or triethylamine can be used. If the amount of the base is too large, it will not be easily removed. When the amount is too small, the molecular weight will be too small, and it is generally 2 to 4 times the molar amount of the diamine component. Further, in the above reaction, when Lewis acid is used as an additive, the reaction can be efficiently carried out. The Lewis acid is preferably lithium halide such as lithium chloride or lithium bromide. The amount of Lewis acid added is preferably 0 to 1.0 times the molar amount of the diamine component. In the method for producing the above three polyglycolates, a high molecular weight polyglycolate can be obtained, and the production method of (a) is particularly preferable. The solution of the polyglycolate obtained by the above method can precipitate a polymer when it is injected into a poor solvent with sufficient stirring. After several times of precipitation and washing with a poor solvent, the purified polyacetate powder can be obtained at room temperature or after heating and drying. The poor solvent is not particularly limited, and is generally, for example, water, methanol, ethanol or hexane. , butyl cellosolve, acetone, toluene, and the like. [Production of Polylysine] -50- 201200561 The component (B) of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, and, for example, a polyglycine which is a raw material of the polyamine amide of the component (A), a tetracarboxylic acid The acid dianhydride and the diamine compound can be obtained by condensation polymerization. In the case of producing polyamic acid, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound are preferably in the presence of an organic solvent at -20 ° C to 140 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. It can be obtained by reacting for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 12 hours. The solvent used in the production of polylysine of the above formula (iii), in terms of the solubility of the monomer and the polymer, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidine The ketone and the butyrolactone are preferred, and one type may be used alone or two or more types may be used in combination. When the concentration at the time of production is too high, the precipitation of the polymer is likely to occur, and when the molecular weight is too low, the molecular weight cannot be increased. Therefore, it is preferably 1 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound in the reaction liquid. It is preferably 5 to 20% by mass. The polyamine acid obtained by the above method can be used as the component (B). However, in the case where the liquid crystal alignment agent does not contain the solvent used for the polymerization, the polymer is recovered as a solid, and then The component (B) of the present invention is preferably used. The polymer can be injected into a poor solvent while the reaction solution is sufficiently stirred, and the polymer is precipitated and recovered. The precipitated powder is washed several times, washed with a poor solvent, and dried at room temperature or by heating to obtain a powder of purified polyaminic acid. The poor solvent is not particularly limited, and is generally, for example, water, methanol, ethanol, hexane, butyl cellosolve, acetone, toluene or the like. The ratio of the diamine component used in the polymerization reaction to the tetracarboxylic acid derivative (tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl derivative), in terms of molecular weight control -51 - 201200561 points, with molar ratio 1: 0.7~1: 1.2 is better. The closer the molar ratio is to 1: i, the molecular weight of the resulting polyimine precursor can be increased. The molecular weight of polyglycolate and polyaminic acid will affect the viscosity of the varnish or the physical strength of the polyimide film. Therefore, when the molecular weight of the polyglycolate and polyamide is too large, varnish will be caused. When the coating workability or the uniformity of the coating film is deteriorated, if the molecular weight is too small, the strength of the obtained polyimide film may be insufficient. Therefore, the molecular weight of the polyglycolate and polyglycolic acid of the present invention is preferably 2,000 to 500,000 by weight average molecular weight, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000,000 > particularly preferably 10,000 to 100,000. [Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains a polyperurethane ((A) component) having a specific structure and polylysine ((B) component), and contains an organic solvent as described above. (C1) a mixed solvent with an organic solvent (C2) (component (C)). In the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the ratio of the component (A) to the component (B) is preferably 1/9 to 9 /1 by mass ratio (A/B), and more preferably 3/7 to 7/3. good. When the ratio is in this range, a liquid crystal alignment agent which is excellent in liquid crystal alignment or electrical properties can be provided. In the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the content of the component (C) is preferably 7 〇 mass% or more, and 80% by mass based on the total amount of the component (A), the component (B), and the component (C). The above is more preferable, and 90% by mass or more is the best. When the content of the component (C) is too small, there is a possibility that the polymer may be precipitated. In addition, if the concentration of the polymer is too large, the concentration of the polymer may be lowered, and -52-201200561 may have a coating film in which a sufficient film thickness cannot be obtained. Not good. Further, the total content (concentration) of the component (A) and the component (B) in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be appropriately changed in accordance with the thickness setting of the liquid crystal alignment film to be formed, but uniform and non-formed. In view of the coating film of the defect, the component (C) is preferably contained in an amount of 0.5% by mass or more based on the organic solvent, and is preferably 15% by mass or less, particularly preferably 1% to 10% by mass, from the viewpoint of storage stability of the solution. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is characterized by having a component (C) having an organic solvent, but may contain other solvents. The solvent used for the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be used, for example, to dissolve a solvent of polyphthalate and polylysine (hereinafter also referred to as a good solvent) and to apply a liquid crystal alignment agent to a substrate to improve the coating film. Two types of solvents (hereinafter, also referred to as poor solvents) of uniformity. The good solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the polyphthalate of the component (A) and the solvent of the polyamine of the component (B). That is, when specific examples are given, for example, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-diethylformamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylacetamide, N-ethyl-2-pyrrole Iridone, N-methyl caprolactam, 2-pyrrolidone' Ν-ethylpyrrolidone, Ν-vinylpyrrolidone, monomethyl hydrazine, methyl maple, hexamethyl argon , 7-butyrolactone, 3-methoxy-oxime, hydrazine-dimethylpropionamide, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, even if the solvent of the polymer cannot be dissolved alone, a mixed solvent may be used in the range in which the polymer is not precipitated, or two or more kinds may be used as the mixed solvent. The poor solvent 'is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent having a low surface tension and improving the uniformity of the coating film. That is, when a specific example is given, the example -53-201200561 such as ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol, 1 -Methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, 1-phenoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol Diacetate, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate, propylene glycol-1-monoethyl ether-2·acetate, butyl cellosolve acetate, dipropylene glycol, 2-(2- Ethoxypropoxy)propanol, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, η·propyl lactate, η-butyl lactate, isoamyl lactate, and the like. These solvents can be used in combination with two types of tops. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may contain various additives such as a decane coupling agent or a crosslinking agent. The decane coupling agent is added for the purpose of improving the adhesion of the substrate coated with the liquid crystal alignment agent to the liquid crystal alignment film formed thereon. Specific examples of the decane coupling agent will be listed below, but are not limited thereto. 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethyl)aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethyl)aminopropylmethyldimethoxy Baseline, 3·aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-phenylaminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-triethoxydecyl-N-(l,3-dimethyl-butylene) An amine decane coupling agent such as propylamine or 3-aminopropyldiethoxymethyl decane; vinyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, vinyl tris (2-methoxy phenyl) Oxy) decane, vinyl methyl dimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, vinyl triisopropoxy decane, allyl trimethoxy decane, P styrene trimethoxy decane, etc. Vinyl decane coupling agent; 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane An epoxy-based decane coupling agent such as 3-cyclo-54-201200561 oxypropoxypropylmethyldimethoxydecane or 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane; 3-methyl propylene methoxypropyl methyl dimethyl Oxydecane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltriethoxydecane, etc. a methacrylic decane coupling agent; an acrylic decane coupling agent such as 3-propenyl methoxypropyltrimethoxy decane; a ureido decane coupling agent such as 3-ureidopropyltriethoxy decane: double ( a thioether decane coupling agent such as 3-(triethoxydecyl)propyl)disulfide or bis(3-(triethoxydecyl)propyl)tetrasulfide; 3-hydrothiopropylpropane Hydrogenthio-based decane coupling agent such as methyl dimethoxy decane, 3-hydrothiopropyltrimethoxy decane, 3-octyl thiol-1-propyltriethoxy decane; 3-isocyanate Isocyanate-based decane coupling agent such as propyl triethoxy decane or 3-isocyanate propyl trimethoxy decane; aldehyde decane coupling agent such as triethoxy decyl butyl aldehyde; triethoxy decyl propyl group A urethane-based decane coupling agent such as a urethane or a (3-triethoxydecylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate. When the amount of the above-mentioned decane coupling agent is too large, the unreacted substance will adversely affect the liquid crystal alignment property, and when it is too small, the effect of adhesion will not be exhibited, so the solid content of the polymer is 0.01 to 5 The % by weight is preferably from 0.1 to 1.0% by weight. In the case where the above decane coupling agent is added, it is preferred to prevent the precipitation of the polymer and to add the solvent for improving the uniformity of the coating film. Further, the case where the decane coupling agent is added can be 'added to the polyamidate solution, the polyaminic acid solution-55-201200561, or added to the polyfluorene before mixing the polyphthalate solution with the polyaminic acid solution. Both the amine ester solution and the polyaminic acid solution are acceptable. Further, it may be added to a polyphthalate-polyaminic acid mixed solution. The decane coupling agent is added for the purpose of improving the adhesion between the polymer and the substrate, and the method of adding the decane coupling agent is, for example, added to a polyamic acid solution which can be interposed between the inside of the film and the substrate, and the polymer and After the decane coupling agent is sufficiently reacted, it is preferably mixed with the polyamidate solution. When the baked film is baked, a quinone imidization accelerator may be added in order to effectively carry out the ruthenium imidization of the polyamidite. Specific examples of the ruthenium imidization accelerator of polyperurethane are listed below, but are not limited thereto.

HSHS

[化 52] D-I D (D-1) (•>2) \ H2I OH D-MH OH (I>6) (C>6)D-I D (D-1) (•>2) \ H2I OH D-MH OH (I>6) (C>6)

H2NH2N

[化 53] Ο[化53] Ο

(D-7)(D-7)

8 D-NH OH (D-9)8 D-NH OH (D-9)

-56- 201200561 上述式(D-1)〜(D-17)中之D,分別獨立表示tert-丁氧羰基,或9-弗基甲氧基羰基。又,(D-14)〜(D-17 )中’ 一個式中存在複數個D時,其可相互爲相同或相異 皆可。 只要可得到促進聚醯胺酸酯之熱醯亞胺化之效果的範 匿I ’其醯亞胺化促進劑之含量並未有特別限定,相對於液 晶配向劑之聚醯胺酸酯所含之下述式(12)之醯胺酸酯部 位1莫耳,較佳爲含有〇,〇1莫耳以上,更佳爲0.05莫耳以上 、最佳爲0.1莫耳以上。又,殘留於燒焙後之膜中的醯亞 胺化促進劑本體,其留存量就降低至會對液晶配向膜之各 種特性造成不良影響之最低量等觀點而言,相對於液晶配 向劑之聚醯胺酸酯所含之下述式(12)之醯胺酸酯部位1 莫耳’醯亞胺化促進劑較佳爲含有2莫耳以下,更佳爲1莫 耳以下、最佳爲0.5莫耳以下。 [化 54] Ο-56- 201200561 D in the above formulae (D-1) to (D-17) independently represents tert-butoxycarbonyl group or 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl group. Further, when there are a plurality of Ds in one of (D-14) to (D-17), they may be the same or different from each other. The content of the sulfonium imidization accelerator which promotes the effect of the thermal hydrazylation of the polyamidite is not particularly limited, and is contained in the polyphthalamide corresponding to the liquid crystal alignment agent. The valinate moiety 1 mol of the following formula (12) preferably contains hydrazine, 〇 1 mol or more, more preferably 0.05 mol or more, and most preferably 0.1 mol or more. Further, the main body of the hydrazine imidization promoter remaining in the film after baking is reduced to a minimum amount which adversely affects various characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment film, and is relative to the liquid crystal alignment agent. The valinate moiety of the following formula (12) contained in the polyamidolate preferably has a molar amount of 2 moles or less, more preferably 1 mole or less, most preferably Below 0.5 m. [化54] Ο

Ο 添加醯亞胺化促進劑之情形中,因可經由加熱進行醯 亞胺化處理,故以使用良溶劑及貧溶劑稀釋後再添加爲佳 〇 本發明之液晶配向劑中,當然可再添加使用交聯劑等 -57- 201200561 之各種添加劑。又,本發明之(A)成分之聚醯胺酸及(B )成分之聚醯胺酸可分別爲2種上亦可。 本發明之液晶配向劑中之含有聚醯胺酸酯((A)成 分)與聚醯胺酸((B)成分)之聚合物的濃度(含量) ,可配合所欲形成之聚醯亞胺膜之厚度的設定作適當之變 更,一般相對於有機溶劑,以1〜1 0質量%爲佳,以2〜8 質量%爲更佳。未達1質量%時,將不容易形成均勻且無 缺陷之塗膜,超過10質量%時,會有溶液保存安定性惡化 之情形》 [液晶配向劑之製造方法] 本發明之液晶配向劑,以含有具有特定構造之聚醯胺 酸酯((A)成分)與聚醯胺酸((B)成分)爲特徴。 相對於(A)成分與(B)成分之合計量,(A)成分 之比例以5質量%〜95質量%爲佳。(A )成分之比例過少 時,會有無法得到充分之液晶配向性的可能性,(B)成 分之比例過少時’會有無法得到本發明所記載之效果的可 能性。因此,(A)成分之比例,以20質量%〜80質量% 爲更佳,以30質量%〜70質量%爲最佳。 (A)成分與(B)成分混合之方法,例如將(a)成 分之聚醯胺酸酯及(B)成分之聚醯胺酸之粉末混合,溶 解於有機溶劑之方法,將(.A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯之粉末 與(B)成分之聚醯胺酸溶液混合之方法、將(a)成分之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液與(B)成分之聚醯胺酸之粉末混合之方 -58- 201200561 法、(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯溶液與(B)成分之聚醯胺酸 溶液混合之方法等。可溶解(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯與(B )成分之聚醯胺酸之良溶劑爲相異之情形下,亦可得到均 勻之(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯- (B)成分之聚醯胺酸混合 溶液,故以將(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯溶液與(B)成分之 聚醯胺酸溶液混合之方法爲更佳。 製作(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯溶液之方法,以將(A )成分之聚醯胺酸酯之粉末溶解於r-丁內酯或其衍生物 或其他之良溶劑的方法爲更佳,以使用r-丁內酯或其衍 生物進行溶解之方法爲更佳。此時,聚合物濃度以10〜30 %爲佳,以10〜15%爲特佳。又,溶解(A)成分之聚醯 胺酸酯之際,可進行加熱亦可。加熱溫度以20 °C〜1 5 0 °C 爲佳,以20t〜80°C爲特佳。 製作(B )成分之聚醯胺酸溶液之方法,例如將聚醯 胺酸之粉末溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1,3·二甲基吡咯烷 酮,或前述良溶劑中作爲聚醯胺酸溶液之方法,及無須處 理下使用聚合反應溶液之方法,又以無須處理下使用聚合 反應溶液之方法爲更佳。於聚合聚醯胺酸之際的溶劑以使 用丁內酯或其衍生物’與N-甲基-2_吡咯啶酮、1,3-二 甲基吡咯烷酮或其衍生物作爲混合溶.劑’而製得聚醯胺酸 溶液之方法爲更佳。使聚醯胺酸粉末再溶解之情形’聚合 物濃度以1〇〜30%爲佳’以1〇〜15%爲特佳。又’溶解聚 合物之粉末之際可進行加熱處理。加熱溫度以20 °C〜15〇 °C爲佳,以20°C〜80°C爲特佳。 -59- 201200561 添加矽烷偶合劑之情形,可於混合(A )成分之聚醯 胺酸酯溶液與(B)成分之聚醯胺酸溶液之前,添加於(A )成分之聚醯胺酸酯溶液、(B)成分之聚醯胺酸溶液, 或添加於(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯溶液與(B)成分之聚醯 胺酸溶液之二者。又,亦可添加於(A)成分之聚醯胺酸 酯- (B)成分之聚醯胺酸之混合溶液中。矽烷偶合劑爲提 高聚合物與基板之密著性等目的所添加者,矽烷偶合劑之 添加方法例如,添加於可偏存於膜內部及基板界面之(B )成分之聚醯胺酸溶液中,經聚合物與矽烷偶合劑充分反 應之後,再與(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯溶液混合之方法爲 更佳。矽烷偶合劑之添加量,過多時,未反應之物質將會 對液晶配向·性產生不良影響、過少時將無法顯現密著性之 效果,故對聚合物之固體成份而言,以0.01〜5.0質量%爲 佳,以0.1〜1·0質量%爲更佳。 (Α)成分之聚醯胺酸酯溶液與(Β)成分之聚醯胺酸 溶液混合之際,聚合物濃度以10〜30%爲佳,以1〇〜15% 爲特佳。又,混合之際可進行加熱處理,加熱溫度以2〇°C 〜1 0 0 °C爲佳,以2 0 °C〜6 (TC爲特佳。 添加矽烷偶合劑或交聯劑之情形,爲防止聚合物之析 出,以於添加貧溶劑之前添加爲佳。又,燒焙塗膜之際’ 爲有效地進行聚醯胺酸酯之醯亞胺化,可添加醯亞胺化促 進劑。添加醯亞胺化促進劑之情形中,因可經由加熱進行 醯亞胺化處理,故以使用良溶劑及貧溶劑稀釋後再添加爲 佳。 -60- 201200561 於所得(A)成分之聚醯胺酸酯與(B 酸混合溶液中,添加前述良溶劑及前述貧 至特定之聚合物濃度後,即可製得本發明; g·〔液晶配向膜〕 本發明之液晶配向膜爲,將上述之液 爲過濾後,塗佈於基板,再經乾燥、燒焙 塗佈本發明之液晶配向劑之基板,只要爲 基板時,並未有特別限定,其可使用玻璃 板、丙烯酸基板或聚碳酸酯基板等之塑膠 進行液晶驅動之形成ITO電極等之基板時 之觀點而言爲較佳。又,反射型之液晶顯 側之基板,故也可使用矽晶圓等不透明之 ’電極也可使用鋁等之可反射光線之材料 本發明之液晶配向劑之塗佈方法,例 、印刷法、噴墨法等。塗佈本發明之液晶 爲進行乾燥、燒焙。爲充分去除液晶配向 溶劑,較佳爲於50〜12(TC下、較佳爲乾燥 次,較佳爲進行150〜300 °C,更佳爲150〜 燒焙時間,依燒焙溫度而有所不同,較佳 鐘,更佳爲5〜60分鐘。 本發明之液晶配向膜之厚度,並未有 而言,過薄時可能會有降低液晶顯示元件 故一般爲5〜300nm,較佳爲10〜200nm。 )成分之聚醯胺 溶劑後,再稀釋 之液晶配向劑。 晶配向劑,較佳 而形成塗膜。可 具有高透明性之 基板、氮化矽基 基板等,使用爲 ,就製程簡單化 示元件因僅於單 物質,此情形中 〇 如有旋轉塗佈法 配向劑後,較佳 劑中所含之有機 ¥ 1〜10分鐘。其 / 2 5 0 °c之燒焙。 爲進行5〜120分 特別限定,一般 信賴性之疑慮, 該塗膜面經摩擦 -61 - 201200561 等之配向處理後,可作爲液晶配向膜使用。 對該塗膜進行配向處理之方法,例如摩擦法、光配向 處理法等。 本發明之液晶配向膜爲,經由照射偏光之放射線結果 ,可形成具有液晶配向能之液晶配向膜。此外,本發明之 液晶配向膜,與以往之光配向液晶配向膜相比較時,具有 可得到更寬廣之液晶配向性的光照射範圍,即使照射強度 於基板面內產生不均勻之情形時,也可得到具有均勻且良 好之液晶配向性之液晶配向膜。 光配向處理法之具體例如,以偏光向特定方向能量線 照射前述塗膜表面,必要時,再以150〜250°C之溫度進行 加熱處理,以賦予其液晶配向能量之方法等。放射線可使 用具有100〜8 00nm波長之紫外線及可見光線。此時,又以 具有100〜4 OOnm之波長的紫外線爲佳,以具有200〜 4 0Onm之波長的紫外線爲特佳。又,就改善液晶配向性等 觀點,以將塗膜基板於加熱至50〜250 °C中,再使用放射 線照射亦可。前述放射線之照射量,以1〜1 0,0 0 0 m J / c m2 之範圍爲佳,以100〜5,000mJ/cm2之範圍爲特佳。 【實施方式】 [實施例] 以下將列舉實施例,並對本發明作具體性説明。但本 發明並不受該些實施例所限定或解釋》 1,3DMCBDE-C1:二甲基 1,3-雙(氯羯基)-1,3-二甲 -62- 201200561 基環丁烷-2,4·二羧酸醋 BDA : 1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二酐 ΝΜΡ: Ν -甲基-2-吡咯啶酮 BCS : 丁基溶纖素 GBL : r -丁內酯 BCA: 丁基溶纖素乙酸酯 DA-7 :下述式(DA-7 ) [化 55]Ο In the case where a ruthenium imidization accelerator is added, since it can be imidized by heating, it is diluted with a good solvent and a poor solvent, and then added as a liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, of course, it can be further added. Various additives such as a crosslinking agent such as -57-201200561 are used. Further, the polyamic acid of the component (A) of the present invention and the polyamic acid of the component (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The concentration (content) of the polymer containing the polyphthalate ((A) component) and the poly-proline (component (B)) in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be blended with the desired polyimine The thickness of the film is appropriately changed, and it is preferably 1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2 to 8% by mass, based on the organic solvent. When it is less than 1% by mass, it is not easy to form a uniform and defect-free coating film, and when it exceeds 10% by mass, the solution storage stability may deteriorate. [Method for Producing Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, Polyurethane ((A) component) and polyglycine ((B) component) having a specific structure are characteristic. The ratio of the component (A) is preferably 5% by mass to 95% by mass based on the total amount of the component (A) and the component (B). When the ratio of the component (A) is too small, sufficient liquid crystal alignment property may not be obtained, and when the ratio of the component (B) is too small, the effect described in the present invention may not be obtained. Therefore, the ratio of the component (A) is preferably 20% by mass to 80% by mass, and more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass. A method of mixing the component (A) and the component (B), for example, a method in which a polyammonium ester of the component (a) and a polyamic acid powder of the component (B) are mixed and dissolved in an organic solvent, and (A) a method of mixing a powder of a polyglycolate of a component with a polyamic acid solution of the component (B), mixing a polyamidate solution of the component (a) with a powder of a polyamic acid of the component (B) The method of mixing the poly-phthalate solution of the component (A) with the poly-proline solution of the component (B), etc., in the method of -58-201200561. In the case where the polyglycolate which dissolves the component (A) is different from the good solvent of the polyamic acid of the component (B), a uniform polyamine derivative of the component (A) can also be obtained (B) The method of mixing the polyamic acid mixed solution of the component is more preferably a method of mixing the polyamidate solution of the component (A) with the polyamic acid solution of the component (B). A method for producing a polyamine phthalate solution of the component (A), preferably a method of dissolving a powder of the polyamidate of the component (A) in r-butyrolactone or a derivative thereof or other good solvent A method of dissolving using r-butyrolactone or a derivative thereof is more preferable. At this time, the polymer concentration is preferably 10 to 30%, particularly preferably 10 to 15%. Further, when the poly (A) component of the (A) component is dissolved, heating may be carried out. The heating temperature is preferably from 20 ° C to 150 ° C, particularly preferably from 20 t to 80 ° C. A method for producing a polyaminic acid solution of the component (B), for example, dissolving a powder of polyproline in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethylpyrrolidone, or the above-mentioned good solvent The method of using the polyaminic acid solution, and the method of using the polymerization reaction solution without treatment, and the method of using the polymerization reaction solution without treatment are more preferable. A solvent for polymerizing polylysine to use butyrolactone or a derivative thereof with N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethylpyrrolidone or a derivative thereof as a mixed solvent' The method of preparing a polyamidonic acid solution is more preferable. In the case where the poly-proline powder is redissolved, the concentration of the polymer is preferably from 1 Torr to 30%, and particularly preferably from 1 Torr to 15%. Further, heat treatment can be performed while dissolving the powder of the polymer. The heating temperature is preferably 20 ° C to 15 ° C, and particularly preferably 20 ° C to 80 ° C. -59- 201200561 In the case of adding a decane coupling agent, it can be added to the poly (A) component of the (A) component before mixing the polyamine phthalate solution of the component (A) with the polyaminic acid solution of the component (B). The solution, the polyaminic acid solution of the component (B), or both the polyamidate solution of the component (A) and the polyamine solution of the component (B). Further, it may be added to a mixed solution of the polyamidomate of the component (A) and the polyamic acid of the component (B). The decane coupling agent is added for the purpose of improving the adhesion between the polymer and the substrate, and the method of adding the decane coupling agent is, for example, added to a polyamic acid solution which can be interposed between the inside of the film and the interface of the substrate (B). After the polymer is sufficiently reacted with the decane coupling agent, it is preferably mixed with the polyamine amide solution of the component (A). When the amount of the decane coupling agent is too large, the unreacted substance will have an adverse effect on the alignment of the liquid crystal, and when it is too small, the effect of the adhesion will not be exhibited. Therefore, the solid content of the polymer is 0.01 to 5.0. The mass % is preferably from 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. When the polyammonium ester solution of the (Α) component is mixed with the poly (protonic acid) solution of the (Β) component, the polymer concentration is preferably 10 to 30%, particularly preferably 1 to 15%. Further, heating may be carried out at the time of mixing, and the heating temperature is preferably 2 〇 ° C to 1 0 0 ° C, and is preferably 20 ° C to 6 (TC is particularly preferred. In the case of adding a decane coupling agent or a crosslinking agent, In order to prevent the precipitation of the polymer, it is preferable to add it before adding the lean solvent. Further, when the film is baked, the ruthenium imidization accelerator can be added to effectively carry out the ruthenium imidization of the polyamidite. In the case where a ruthenium imidization accelerator is added, since the ruthenium imidization treatment can be carried out by heating, it is preferably added after dilution with a good solvent and a poor solvent. -60- 201200561 The poly(醯) of the obtained (A) component The present invention can be obtained by adding the above-mentioned good solvent and the above-mentioned concentration to a specific polymer in a mixed solution of a B acid; g·[Liquid Crystal Alignment Film] The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is The liquid is applied to the substrate after filtration, and the substrate of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied to the substrate by drying and baking. The substrate is not particularly limited as long as it is a substrate, and a glass plate, an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate can be used. Plastics such as ester substrates are used to form ITO electrodes by liquid crystal driving It is preferable from the viewpoint of the substrate, and the substrate of the reflective liquid crystal display side, so that an opaque electrode such as a ruthenium wafer or a material that can reflect light such as aluminum can be used. The coating method of the alignment agent, an example, a printing method, an inkjet method, etc. The liquid crystal of the present invention is applied to be dried and baked. In order to sufficiently remove the liquid crystal alignment solvent, it is preferably 50 to 12 (TC, preferably For drying, it is preferably 150 to 300 ° C, more preferably 150 to baking time, depending on the baking temperature, preferably a clock, more preferably 5 to 60 minutes. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention. The thickness is not limited. When it is too thin, there may be a liquid crystal alignment agent which is usually reduced in a liquid crystal display element of 5 to 300 nm, preferably 10 to 200 nm. The alignment agent preferably forms a coating film, and can have a substrate having high transparency, a tantalum nitride-based substrate, or the like, and is used in a simple process to show that the element is only a single substance, and in this case, for example, a spin coating method. After the alignment agent, the organic substance contained in the preferred agent is ¥1 10 minutes. Baking at / 25 ° C. For the special limitation of 5 to 120 minutes, the general reliability is doubtful. The film surface can be used as a liquid crystal alignment film after being subjected to the alignment treatment of -61 - 201200561. A method of performing the alignment treatment on the coating film, for example, a rubbing method, a photo-alignment treatment method, etc. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can form a liquid crystal alignment film having a liquid crystal alignment energy by radiation of the polarized light. When the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is compared with a conventional light alignment liquid crystal alignment film, it has a light irradiation range in which a wider liquid crystal alignment property can be obtained, and even when the irradiation intensity is uneven in the substrate surface, it is obtained. A liquid crystal alignment film having uniform and good liquid crystal alignment. Specifically, for example, a method of irradiating the surface of the coating film with a polarized light in a specific direction and, if necessary, heat-treating at a temperature of 150 to 250 ° C to impart a liquid crystal alignment energy thereto. The radiation can use ultraviolet rays and visible rays having a wavelength of 100 to 800 nm. At this time, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 100 to 400 nm, and ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 200 to 40 nm are particularly preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the liquid crystal alignment property and the like, the coated substrate may be heated to 50 to 250 ° C and irradiated with radiation. The irradiation amount of the radiation is preferably in the range of 1 to 10,0 0 m J / c m2 , and particularly preferably in the range of 100 to 5,000 mJ/cm 2 . [Embodiment] [Examples] Hereinafter, examples will be given and the invention will be specifically described. However, the present invention is not limited or construed by the examples. 1,3DMCBDE-C1: dimethyl1,3-bis(chloroindenyl)-1,3-dimethyl-62-201200561-cyclobutane- 2,4·dicarboxylic acid vinegar BDA : 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride ΝΜΡ: Ν-methyl-2-pyrrolidone BCS : butyl cellosolve GBL : r - butyrolactone BCA : butyl cellosolve acetate DA-7: the following formula (DA-7) [Chem. 55]

〔黏度〕 合成例中’聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸溶液之黏度, 用E型黏度計TVE-22H (東機產業公司製),樣品量 、錐形攪拌機TE-1 ( Γ34,、R24)、溫度25。(:下所測 〔分子量〕 聚酿胺酸醋之分子鼍爲使用GPC (常溫凝膠滲S 分析儀)裝置予以測定,以聚乙二醇、聚環氧乙烷接 算出數平均分子量(以下,亦稱爲Mn)與重量平均夕 (以下,亦稱爲Mw)。 G P C 裝置.S h o d e X 公司製(〇 p c _ 1 〇 1 ) 爲使 1.1 mL 定。 I色層 I算値 h子量 -63- 201200561 管柱:Shodex公司製(KD803、KD805直列)[Viscosity] The viscosity of the polyglycolate and the polyaminic acid solution in the synthesis example, using the E-type viscosity meter TVE-22H (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.), the sample amount, the cone mixer TE-1 (Γ34, R24), temperature 25. (The next measurement [molecular weight] The molecular weight of poly-branched vinegar is measured by GPC (normal temperature gel permeation S analyzer) device, and the average molecular weight is calculated by polyethylene glycol and polyethylene oxide (below) , also known as Mn) and weight average eve (hereinafter, also known as Mw). GPC device. Sodode X company (〇pc _ 1 〇1) to make 1.1 mL. I color layer I count 値h sub-quantity -63- 201200561 Column: made by Shodex (KD803, KD805 inline)

管柱溫度:50°C 溶離液:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(添加劑爲溴化鋰-水和 物(LiBr· H2O)爲30mmol/L、磷酸.無水結晶(〇 -磷 酸)爲30mmol/L、四氫呋喃(THF)爲 10ml/L) 流速:1 .0ml/分鐘 製作檢量線之標準樣品:東曹公司製TSK標準聚環氧 乙烷(重量平均分子量(Mw )約900,000、1 50,000、 1 00,000、3 0,000 ),及 PolymerLaboratories公司製聚乙二 醇(波峰頂部分子量(Mp)約12,000、4,000、1,000)。 測定時,爲避免波峰重疊,分別測定900,000、1〇〇,〇〇〇、 12,000、1,000等 4種混合之樣品,及 150,000、30,000、 4,000等3種混合之樣品之2樣品。 [凸版印刷] 使用設置有線數爲25 0線/英吋之鍍鉻網紋輥( Anilox Roller)與線數400線/英吋之APR樹脂製印刷版的 Angstromer ( S-15型)(日本寫真印刷公司製),塗佈固 形分濃度調製至6質量%之液晶配向劑。 [噴墨塗佈] 使用噴墨塗佈裝置(日立印刷科技公司製),塗佈固 形分濃度調製至3.6質量%之液晶配向劑。 -64 - 201200561 [中心線的平均粗度之測定] 將使用凸版印刷或噴墨塗佈所得之液晶配向劑的塗膜 ,於溫度80 °C之熱壓板上乾燥5分鐘,溫度230 °C之熱風循 環式烘箱燒焙30分鐘〜1小時,形成膜厚13 Onm之塗膜。使 用原子力顯微鏡(AFM )觀察該塗膜之膜表面,測定膜表 面之中心線的平均粗度(Ra ),以評估膜表面之平坦性。 測定裝置:L-trace偵測(probe)顯微鏡(SII·科技 公司製) [FFS驅動液晶晶胞之交流驅動燒附處理] 於玻璃基板上,形成具有第1層爲具有作爲電極之膜 厚50nrn的IT◦電極、第2層爲具有作爲絕緣膜之膜厚50〇nm 之氮化矽、第3層爲具有作爲電極之梳狀的ITO電極(電極 寬:3μιη、電極間隔:6μιη、電極高度:50nm )之邊緣電 場切換(Fringe Field Switching:以下,亦稱爲FFS)驅 動用電極的玻璃基板,以噴墨塗佈塗佈液晶配向劑。8 0 °C 之熱壓板上乾燥5分鐘後,於23 (TC之熱風循環式烘箱中進 行60分鐘之燒焙,形成膜厚lOOnm之塗膜。介由偏光板將 254nm之紫外線以400mJ/ cm2照射該塗膜面,得附有液晶 配向膜之基板。又,對向基板之未形成電極之具有高度 4μιη之柱狀調距器的玻璃基板,亦依相同方法形成塗膜, 施以配向處理。 將上述2片之基板作爲一組,於基板上印刷密封劑, 將另一片基板,以面向液晶配向膜面之配向方向爲0°之方 -65- 201200561 式貼合後,將密封劑硬化以製作空晶胞。於此空晶胞中’ 使用減壓注入法注入液晶MLC-2041 ( Merck股份有限公司 製),封閉注入口,得FFS驅動液晶晶胞。 測定此FFS驅動液晶晶胞於58°C之溫度下的V-T特性( 電壓-透過率特性)後、施加4小時之±4V/ 120Hz的矩形波 。4小時後,切斷電歷,於58 °C之溫度下放置60分鐘後’ 再度測定其V-T特性,算出施加矩形波前後之透過率爲 %時之電壓的差。 [電荷蓄積特性之評估] 將上述FFS驅動液晶晶胞放置於光源上,測定V-T特性 (電壓-透過率特性)後,測定施加±1.5V/60Hz之矩形波 的狀態下之透過率(Ta)。隨後,施加±1.5V/60Hz之矩形 波10分鐘間後,將直流IV重疊,驅動30分鐘。切斷直流電 壓,測定經交流驅動1〇分鐘後之透過率(Tb ),由Tb與Ta 之差算出殘留於液晶顯示元件內之電壓所產生之透過率的 差。 •二甲基1,3-雙(氯羰基)-1,3-二甲基環丁烷-2,4-二 羧酸酯(1,3DMCBDE-C1)之合成 a-Ι:四羧酸二烷酯之合成 -66 - 201200561 [化 56]Column temperature: 50 ° C Dissolution: N,N-dimethylformamide (additive is lithium bromide-water and (LiBr·H2O) is 30 mmol/L, phosphoric acid. Anhydrous crystal (〇-phosphoric acid) is 30 mmol/ L, tetrahydrofuran (THF) 10 ml / L) Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min Standard sample for the production of the calibration line: TSK standard polyethylene oxide manufactured by Tosoh Corporation (weight average molecular weight (Mw) about 900,000, 1 50,000, 1 00,000, 3 0,000), and polyethylene glycol (a peak top molecular weight (Mp) of about 12,000, 4,000, 1,000) manufactured by Polymer Laboratories. In the measurement, in order to avoid overlapping of the peaks, four kinds of mixed samples of 900,000, 1 〇〇, 〇〇〇, 12,000, and 1,000, and 2 samples of 3 kinds of mixed samples of 150,000, 30,000, and 4,000 were respectively measured. [Relief Printing] Angstromer (S-15 type) with a chrome-plated anilox roller (Anilox Roller) with a wire count of 25 lines/inch and a line of 400 lines/inch APR resin (Japanese photo printing) Co., Ltd.), which is coated with a liquid crystal alignment agent having a solid concentration adjusted to 6 mass%. [Inkjet Coating] An ink jet coating device (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) was used to apply a liquid crystal alignment agent having a solid concentration adjusted to 3.6% by mass. -64 - 201200561 [Determination of the average thickness of the center line] The coating film of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained by letterpress printing or inkjet coating was dried on a hot plate at a temperature of 80 ° C for 5 minutes at a temperature of 230 ° C. The hot air circulating oven was baked for 30 minutes to 1 hour to form a coating film having a film thickness of 13 Onm. The surface of the film of the coating film was observed by an atomic force microscope (AFM), and the average thickness (Ra) of the center line of the film surface was measured to evaluate the flatness of the film surface. Measuring apparatus: L-trace probe microscope (manufactured by SII·Technology Co., Ltd.) [AC-driven burn-in treatment of FFS-driven liquid crystal cell] On the glass substrate, a film having a thickness of 50 nm as an electrode was formed on the glass substrate. The IT◦ electrode, the second layer is tantalum nitride having a film thickness of 50 μm as an insulating film, and the third layer is a comb-shaped ITO electrode having electrodes (electrode width: 3 μm, electrode spacing: 6 μm, electrode height) : 50 nm ) Fringe Field Switching (hereinafter, also referred to as FFS) The glass substrate of the driving electrode was coated with a liquid crystal alignment agent by inkjet coating. After drying on a hot plate at 80 °C for 5 minutes, it was baked in a hot air circulating oven at 23 (60 times for 60 minutes to form a film having a film thickness of 100 nm. The ultraviolet light at 254 nm was 400 mJ/by a polarizing plate. The coating film surface is irradiated with cm2 to obtain a substrate to which a liquid crystal alignment film is attached. Further, a glass substrate having a columnar distance controller having a height of 4 μm which is not formed on the opposite substrate is formed into a coating film by the same method, and the alignment is performed. The two substrates are used as a group, and the sealant is printed on the substrate, and the other substrate is bonded to the liquid crystal alignment film surface at a direction of 0°-65-201200561. It is hardened to produce an empty unit cell. In this empty cell, liquid crystal MLC-2041 (manufactured by Merck Co., Ltd.) was injected by a vacuum injection method, and the injection port was closed to obtain an FFS-driven liquid crystal cell. The FFS-driven liquid crystal cell was measured. After a VT characteristic (voltage-transmittance characteristic) at a temperature of 58 ° C, a rectangular wave of ±4 V / 120 Hz was applied for 4 hours. After 4 hours, the electric calendar was cut off and placed at a temperature of 58 ° C for 60 minutes. After 're-measuring its VT characteristics, calculate the application The difference between the voltages before and after the wave shape is %. [Evaluation of charge accumulation characteristics] The FFS-driven liquid crystal cell is placed on a light source, and the VT characteristic (voltage-transmittance characteristic) is measured, and then ±1.5 V is applied. Transmittance (Ta) in the state of a rectangular wave of /60 Hz. Then, after applying a rectangular wave of ±1.5 V/60 Hz for 10 minutes, the DC IV is overlapped and driven for 30 minutes. The DC voltage is cut off and the AC drive is measured. The transmittance (Tb) after 〇 minutes is calculated by the difference between Tb and Ta, and the difference in transmittance due to the voltage remaining in the liquid crystal display element is calculated. • Dimethyl 1,3-bis(chlorocarbonyl)-1,3 Synthesis of dimethylcyclobutane-2,4-dicarboxylate (1,3DMCBDE-C1) a-oxime: synthesis of dialkyl tetracarboxylate-66 - 201200561 [Chem.

於氮氣流下,3L之四口燒瓶中’加入1,3-二甲基環丁 烷-1,2,3,4-四羧酸二酐(式(5-1)之化合物,以下,簡稱 爲 1,3-DM-CBDA ) 220g ( 0.981 mol ),與甲醇 2200g ( 6.87mol,相對於 1,3-DM-CBDA 爲 10wt 倍),於 65°C 下進 行加熱迴流中,以30分鐘形成均勻之溶液。反應溶液於該 狀態下於加熱迴流下進行4小時30分鐘之攪拌。該反應液 使用高速液體色層分析儀(以下,簡稱爲HPLC )進行測 定。該測定結果之分析內容如後所述。 將該反應液使用蒸發器餾除溶劑後,加入乙酸乙酯 1 30 1 g後加熱至80°C,進行30分鐘之迴流。隨後,以每10 分鐘2〜3°C之速度將內溫冷卻至25 °C爲止,於該狀態、25 °C下攪拌30分鐘。將析出之白色結晶以過濾方式取出,再 將此結晶以乙酸乙酯1 4 1 g洗淨2次之後,經減壓乾燥後, 得白色結晶l〇3.97g。 此結晶經使用iNMR分析,及X線解析其結晶構造結 果,確認爲化合物(1-1 ) ( HPLC之相對面積97.5% )( 產率 36.8% )。 1HNMR ( DMSO-d6,5 ppm) ; 12.82 ( s,2H ) ,3.60 (Adding 1,3-dimethylcyclobutane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (a compound of formula (5-1), below, in a three-liter four-necked flask under a nitrogen stream 1,3-DM-CBDA ) 220g ( 0.981 mol ), with methanol 2200g ( 6.87mol, 10wt times relative to 1,3-DM-CBDA), heated under reflux at 65 ° C, uniformed in 30 minutes Solution. The reaction solution was stirred under heating and refluxing for 4 hours and 30 minutes in this state. This reaction liquid was measured using a high-speed liquid chromatography analyzer (hereinafter, abbreviated as HPLC). The analysis contents of the measurement results are as described later. The reaction liquid was evaporated to a solvent using an evaporator, and then ethyl acetate (1,30 g) was added, and the mixture was heated to 80 ° C, and refluxed for 30 minutes. Subsequently, the internal temperature was cooled to 25 ° C at a rate of 2 to 3 ° C per 10 minutes, and stirred at 25 ° C for 30 minutes in this state. The precipitated white crystals were taken out by filtration, and the crystals were washed twice with ethyl acetate (1,1 g), and then dried under reduced pressure to yield white crystals of 3.97 g. This crystal was analyzed by i NMR, and the crystal structure was analyzed by X-ray analysis, and it was confirmed that the compound (1-1) (relative area of HPLC was 97.5%) (yield 36.8%). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 5 ppm); 12.82 (s, 2H), 3.60 (

-67- 201200561 a-2.1,3-DM-CBDE-Cl 之合成 [化 57]-67- 201200561 a-2. Synthesis of 1,3-DM-CBDE-Cl [Chem. 57]

於氮氣流下,3L之四口燒瓶中,加入化合物(1-1) 234.15g ( 0.81mol) 、η-庚烷 1170.77g ( ll.68mol.5wt 倍) 後,加入吡啶〇.64g(0.01mol),使用磁性攪拌機於攪拌 下加熱攪拌至75 t爲止。隨後,以1小時時間滴入亞磺醯 氯289.93g( 11.68 mol)。滴下後立即開始發泡,滴下結束 3 0分鐘後反應溶液形成均勻溶液,發泡停止。隨後於該狀 態下,於75 °C下攪拌1小時30分鐘後,於蒸發器、40 °C水 浴中,將溶劑餾除至內容量達924.42g爲止。再將其於60 °C下加熱,使餾除溶劑時所析出之結晶溶解,於60°C下進 行熱過濾餾出不溶物之後,將濾液以每10分鐘1°C之速度 冷卻至25°C。於該狀態、25 °C下攪拌30分鐘後,將析出之 白色結晶以過濾方式取出,將該結晶使用η-庚烷264.2 lg洗 淨。將其經減壓乾燥後,得白色結晶2 2 6.0 9 g。 隨後於氮氣流下,3L之四口燒瓶中,加入上述所得之 白色結晶226.09g、η -庚烷452.18g後,於60。(:下加熱攪拌 使結晶溶解。隨後’以每10分鐘It之速度冷卻攪拌至25 °C爲止’使結晶析出。於該狀態、2 5 °C下攪拌1小時後, 將析出之白色結晶以過濾方式取出,該結晶使用n _己烷 -68- 201200561 113.04g洗淨後,減壓乾燥後得白色結晶203.9 1 g。此結晶 經使用hNMR分析結果得知,確認化合物(3_1 )即二甲 基-1,3-雙(氯羰基)-i,3-二甲基環丁烷-2,4-二羧酸酯( 1,3-DM-CBDE-C1 ) (HPLC 之相對面積 99.5%)(產率 77.2% ) » 1HNMR ( CDC13, <5 ppm ) : 3.78 ( s,6H) ,3.72 ( s,2H ) ,1.69 ( s,6H )。 (合成例1 ) A-5之合成 經以下所示4步驟之製程合成二胺化合物(A-5 )。 第1步驟:化合物(A5)之合成 [化 58]Under a nitrogen flow, a compound (1-1) 234.15 g (0.81 mol) and η-heptane 1170.77 g (ll.68 mol. 5wt times) were added to a three-liter four-necked flask, followed by the addition of pyridinium. 64 g (0.01 mol). The mixture was heated and stirred to 75 t with stirring using a magnetic stirrer. Subsequently, 289.93 g (11.68 mol) of sulfinium chloride was added dropwise over 1 hour. The foaming started immediately after the dropping, and after the completion of the dropping for 30 minutes, the reaction solution formed a uniform solution, and the foaming was stopped. Then, in this state, after stirring at 75 ° C for 1 hour and 30 minutes, the solvent was distilled off to an amount of 924.42 g in an evaporator and a 40 ° C water bath. Further, the mixture was heated at 60 ° C to dissolve the crystals precipitated when the solvent was distilled off, and the insoluble matter was distilled off by hot filtration at 60 ° C, and then the filtrate was cooled to 25 ° at a rate of 1 ° C per 10 minutes. C. After stirring at 25 ° C for 30 minutes in this state, the precipitated white crystals were taken out by filtration, and the crystals were washed with η-heptane 264.2 lg. After drying under reduced pressure, white crystals 2 2 6.0 9 g were obtained. Subsequently, 226.09 g of the white crystals obtained above and 452.18 g of η-heptane were added to a three-liter four-necked flask under a nitrogen stream, and then at 60. (: The crystals were dissolved by heating and stirring. Then, 'the crystal was cooled and stirred to 25 ° C every 10 minutes.' The crystals were precipitated. After stirring in this state at 25 ° C for 1 hour, the precipitated white crystals were The crystals were taken out by the filtration method, and the crystals were washed with n-hexane-68-201200561 113.04 g, and dried under reduced pressure to give white crystals of 203.9 1 g. The crystals were confirmed by h NMR analysis to confirm that the compound (3_1) was dimethyl. -1,3-bis(chlorocarbonyl)-i,3-dimethylcyclobutane-2,4-dicarboxylate (1,3-DM-CBDE-C1) (relative area of HPLC 99.5%) (yield 77.2%) » 1HNMR (CDC13, <5 ppm): 3.78 (s, 6H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 1.69 (s, 6H). (Synthesis Example 1) The 4-step process is shown to synthesize the diamine compound (A-5). Step 1: Synthesis of the compound (A5) [Chem. 58]

於5 00mL之茄型燒瓶中,依序加入炔丙基胺(8.81g, 160mmol ) 、N,N -二甲基甲醯胺(112mL)、碳酸鉀( 18.5g,134mmol),使其達0°C,將溶解有溴乙酸t-丁酯 (21.9g,112mmol)之 N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(80mL)所得 之溶液以約1小時時間,於攪拌中滴入其中。滴下結束後 ,使反應溶液回復至室溫’攪拌2〇小時。隨後’將固形物 以過濾方式去除’將乙酸乙酯1 L加入濾液中’使用3 00mL 之水洗淨4次、300mL之飽和食鹽水洗淨1次。隨後,有機 層使用硫酸鎂乾燥’將溶劑減壓餾除。最後’將殘留之油 狀物以〇.6Torr’ 70°C減壓蒸餾結果’得無色液體之N -炔丙 -69- 201200561 基胺基乙酸t -丁醋(化合物(A5) ) °產量爲12.〇g'產_ 爲 6 3 %。 第2步驟:化合物(A6 )之合成 [化 59]Add propargylamine (8.81 g, 160 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (112 mL), potassium carbonate (18. 5 g, 134 mmol) to a 500 mL flask. The solution obtained by dissolving t-butyl bromoacetate (21.9 g, 112 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (80 mL) was added dropwise with stirring over a period of about 1 hour. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction solution was returned to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. Subsequently, the solid matter was removed by filtration. 1 L of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate. The mixture was washed 4 times with 300 mL of water and once with 300 mL of saturated brine. Subsequently, the organic layer was dried using magnesium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Finally, the residual oil was distilled under reduced pressure at 〇.6 Torr' at 70 ° C. [N-propargyl-69-201200561-aminoacetic acid t-butyl vinegar (compound (A5)) 12. 〇g' production _ is 6 3 %. Step 2: Synthesis of Compound (A6) [Chem. 59]

〇h3 Ο ^p~CH〇h3 Ο ^p~CH

於1L之茄型燒瓶中,加入上述N-炔丙基胺基乙酸t_T 酯(12_0g,70.9mmol)、二氯甲烷( 600mL)後作爲溶液 ,於冰冷攪拌中,將溶解有二碳酸二t_丁酯(15.5g, 7 0.9mmol )之二氯甲烷(100mL )所得之溶液以1小時時 間滴入其中。滴下結束後,使反應溶液回復至室溫,搜拌 20小時》反應結束後,將反應溶液以300mL之飽和食鹽水 洗淨,以硫酸鎂乾燥。隨後,將溶劑減壓餾除結果,得淡 黃色液體之N-炔丙基-N-t-丁氧羰胺基乙酸t_丁酯(化合物 (A 6 ))。產量爲18.0g、產率爲94%。 第3步驟:化合物(A7)之合成 [化 60] ch3Into a 1 L eggplant type flask, the above N-propargyl aminoacetic acid t_T ester (12_0g, 70.9 mmol) and dichloromethane (600 mL) were added as a solution, and the dicarbonate was dissolved in ice-cooled stirring. A solution of butyl ester (15.5 g, 7 0.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added dropwise over 1 hour. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction solution was returned to room temperature and mixed for 20 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was washed with 300 mL of saturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. Subsequently, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give N-propargyl-N-t-butoxycarbonylaminoacetic acid t-butyl ester (compound (A 6 )) as a pale yellow liquid. The yield was 18.0 g and the yield was 94%. Step 3: Synthesis of Compound (A7) [Chem. 60] ch3

〇2NV /)~m2 。十 ch3 v ch3 -70- 201200561 於3 00mL之四口燒瓶中,加入2-碘-4-硝基苯胺(22.5g ,85.4mmol )、雙(三苯基膦)鈀二氯化物(1 · 2 0 g, 1.7 1 mmo 1 )、碘化銅(0.651g,3_42mmol),經氮氣取代 後,加入二乙基胺(43.7g,5 98mmol) 、N,N-二甲基甲醯 胺(128mL),於冰冷下攪拌中,加入前述N-炔丙基胺基-N-t-丁氧羰乙酸t-丁酯(27.6g,102mmol ),於室溫下攪 拌20小時。反應結束後,加入1L之乙酸乙酯,使用lmol/L 之氯化銨水溶液150mL洗淨3次、以150mL之飽和食鹽水洗 淨1次,以硫酸鎂乾燥。隨後,將溶劑減壓餾除後所析出 之固體溶解於200mL之乙酸乙酯中,加入1L之己烷後進行 再結晶。濾取此固體,經減壓乾燥後,得黃色固體之2-{3-(N-t-丁氧羰基-N-t-丁氧羰甲基胺基)-1-丙炔基)}-4-硝 基苯胺(化合物(A7 ))。產量爲23.0g,產率爲66%。 第4步驟:化合物(A7)之還原 於500mL之四口燒瓶中,加入前述2-{3-(N-t-丁氧羰 基-N-t-丁氧羰甲基胺基)-1-丙炔基)卜4-硝基苯胺( 22.0g’ 54.2mmol),及’乙醇(200g),反應系內以氮 取代後,碳化鈀(2.20g ),反應系內以氫取代,於50 °C 下攪拌48小時。反應結束後,以矽铈石(cerite)過濾去除碳 化鈀,濾液中加入活性碳,於50 °C下攪拌30分鐘。隨後, 將活性碳過濾’減壓餾除有機溶劑,殘留之油狀物經減壓 乾燥後,得二胺化合物(A-5)。產量爲19.8g、產率爲 96%。 -71 - 201200561 二胺化合物(A-5 )經1HNMR予以確認。 *HNMR ( DMSO-d6 ) : &lt;5 6.54-6.42 ( m,3H,Ar ), 3.49,3.47 ( eachs,2H,NCH2C02t-Bu ) ,3.3 8 - 3.3 0 ( m,2 Η, CH2CH2N ) ,2.51-2.44 ( m,2H,ArCH2 ) ,1.84- 1.76 ( m,2H,CH2CH2CH2 ) ,1.48-1.44 ( m, 18H,NC02t-Bu and CH2C〇2t-Bu ) 〇 (合成例2 ) A-2之合成 經以下所示2步驟之製程合成二胺化合物(A-2 )。 第1步驟:化合物(A8)之合成 [化 61]〇 2NV /) ~ m2. Ten ch3 v ch3 -70- 201200561 In a 300 ml four-necked flask, 2-iodo-4-nitroaniline (22.5 g, 85.4 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride (1 · 2) was added. 0 g, 1.7 1 mmo 1 ), copper iodide (0.651 g, 3_42 mmol), after substitution with nitrogen, diethylamine (43.7 g, 5 98 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (128 mL) The above-mentioned N-propargylamino-Nt-butoxycarbonylacetic acid t-butyl ester (27.6 g, 102 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 20 hr. After completion of the reaction, 1 L of ethyl acetate was added, and the mixture was washed three times with 150 mL of a 1 mol/L aqueous ammonium chloride solution, and once with 150 mL of saturated brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. Subsequently, the solid which was obtained by distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL), and 1 L of hexane was added, followed by recrystallization. The solid was collected by filtration and dried <RTI ID=0.0> Aniline (compound (A7)). The yield was 23.0 g and the yield was 66%. Step 4: Reduction of Compound (A7) in a 500 mL four-necked flask, and adding the aforementioned 2-{3-(Nt-butoxycarbonyl-Nt-butoxycarbonylmethylamino)-1-propynyl) 4-Nitroaniline (22.0g' 54.2mmol) and 'Ethanol (200g), after the reaction was replaced with nitrogen, palladium carbide (2.20g), the reaction system was replaced by hydrogen, and stirred at 50 °C for 48 hours. . After completion of the reaction, palladium carbide was removed by filtration through cerite, activated carbon was added to the filtrate, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for 30 minutes. Subsequently, the activated carbon was filtered under reduced pressure to remove the organic solvent, and the residual oil was dried under reduced pressure to give the diamine compound (A-5). The yield was 19.8 g and the yield was 96%. -71 - 201200561 The diamine compound (A-5) was confirmed by 1H NMR. *HNMR ( DMSO-d6 ) : &lt;5 6.54-6.42 ( m,3H,Ar ), 3.49, 3.47 ( eachs,2H,NCH2C02t-Bu ) ,3.3 8 - 3.3 0 ( m,2 Η, CH2CH2N ) , 2.51 -2.44 (m,2H,ArCH2),1.84- 1.76 (m,2H,CH2CH2CH2), 1.48-1.44 (m, 18H,NC02t-Bu and CH2C〇2t-Bu) 〇(Synthesis Example 2) Synthesis of A-2 The diamine compound (A-2) was synthesized by the two-step process shown below. Step 1: Synthesis of Compound (A8) [Chem. 61]

於經氮取代後之四口燒瓶中,加入2·碘-4-硝基苯胺( 5.11g,19.4mm〇l)、雙(三苯基膦)鈀(II)二氯化物( 2 8 1 . 7 m g » 0.401 mmol )、蛾化銅(160.7mg,0.844mmol) 、二乙基胺30ml,於室溫(2(TC )下攪拌10分鐘。隨後, 加入N-炔丙基胺基乙酸t-丁酯(化合物(A5 ) ) ( 3.72g, 24.0mmol ),於室溫(20°C )下攪拌4小時。使用HPLC確 認原料消失後,加入乙酸乙酯200ml、1M氯化銨水溶液 200ml後,進行萃取。所得有機層使用1M氯化銨水溶液洗 淨2次,以無水硫酸鎂乾燥。去除乾燥劑後,將濾液濃縮 -72- 201200561 ,氧化矽凝膠管柱色層分析儀(乙酸乙酯:己烷=3: 7) 精製。產量爲4.97g、產率爲88.0% ^ 第2步驟:化合物(A-2)之合成 於四口燒瓶中,加入前述二硝基體(A8) (12.45g, 42.7mmol ),懸濁於乙醇200ml中*經脫氣、氮氣取代後 ,加入碳化鈀(1.2:3g ),以氫取代,於室溫(2〇°C )下 攪拌2日。經使用矽鈽石過濾,去除碳化鈀,餾除溶劑。 所得固體溶解於甲苯l〇〇ml中之後,加入己烷50ml,進行 再結晶。將所得固體減壓乾燥,得淡茶色固體。(產量: 9.13g、產率:80.6% ) 經測定所得固體之1H-NMR,確認爲生成二胺(A-2 ) 〇 ^-NMR ( DMSO-d6 » δ ppm) : 1.38 ( s,9H) ' 1.57 (q,J= 7.2Hz,2H ) 、2.30 ( t &gt; J- 7.2Hz &gt; 2H ) &gt; 2.94 (quin * J = 6.0Hz · 2H ) 、3.88〜4.22(m,4H) 、6.22( dd,J = 2.1Hz,8.1Hz,1H) ' 6.25 (d· J = 2.1Ηζ» 1H) ' 6.37 ( d &gt; J = 8. 1Hz &gt; 1H ) ' 6.84 ( t &gt; J = 6.0Hz &gt; 1H ) &lt;合成例3 &gt; 於附有攪拌裝置之3L四口燒瓶,在氮氣雰圍中,加入 P-苯二胺 44.04g ( 0.407mol )、二胺(A-5 ) 43.59g ( 0.115mol),再加入NMP 1891g、作爲鹼之吡啶92.19g( -73- 201200561 1.1 7mol )後攪拌使其溶解。其次將此二胺溶液於攪拌中 ,添加 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 157.90g( 0.486mol) ’ 於水冷下 反應4小時。於所得之聚醯胺酸酯之溶液中,追加 NMP2101g,攪拌30分鐘,得固形分濃度爲5wt%之聚醯胺 酸酯溶液。將此聚醯胺酸酯溶液於攪拌中投入2101 2g之水 中,濾取析出之白色沈澱,隨後,以21〇12g之水洗淨1次 、21012g之乙醇洗淨1次、5253g之乙醇洗淨3次’乾燥後 得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末175.94g。產率爲83.7%。又 ,該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn= 13,350、Mw=28,323。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末丨1.1148g置入2 00ml 三角燒瓶中,加入GBL74.3905g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使 其溶解,得固形分濃度13wt%之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1 &lt;合成例4 &gt; 於附有攪拌裝置之3 L四口燒瓶,在氮氣雰圍中,加入 p-苯二胺 34.01g ( 0.315mol )、二胺(A-2 ) 15.65g ( 0.059mol )、二胺(A-5 ) 7.46g ( 0.0197mol ),再加入 NMP 1344g、作爲鹼之吡啶69.41g( 0.878mol)後攪拌使 其溶解。其次將此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,30\1-€80丑-C1 1 18.9g ( 0_3 66mol ),於水冷下反應4小時。於所得之 聚醯胺酸酯之溶液中,追加NMP1493g,攪拌30分鐘,得 固形分濃度爲5wt%之聚醯胺酸酯溶液。將此聚醯胺酸酯 溶液於搅拌中,投入1 4934g之水中,濾取析出之白色沈澱 -74- 201200561 ,隨後,以14934g之水洗淨1次、14934g之乙醇洗淨1次、 373 3 g之乙醇洗淨3次’乾燥後得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末127.23g。產率爲85.2%。又,該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲 Mn = 13,442、Mw = 29,570。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末1 5.3 794g置入200ml 三角燒瓶中,加入GBL 1 3 8.4228g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使 其溶解,得固形分濃度之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2 &lt;合成例5 &gt; 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之l〇〇mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 4,4'二胺基二苯基胺 3.986g ( 20.0mmol ) 、3,5-二胺 基苯甲酸 4.5681g(30.0mmol),加入 NMP 11.05g、GBL 27.6 0g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於 攪拌中,添加BDA9.9036g( 49.99mm〇l),再添加GBL使 其固形分濃度達25質量%,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-1 )。使NMP/GBL之比例爲2/ 8。該聚醯 胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏度爲8830mPa · s。又,該聚醯 胺酸之分子量爲Mn = 12509、Mw = 27832。 &lt;合成例6 &gt; 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 4,4、二胺基二苯基醚 4.0048g ( 20.0mmol ) 、3,5-二胺To a four-necked flask after nitrogen substitution, 2·iodo-4-nitroaniline (5.11 g, 19.4 mm) and bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride (2861) were added. 7 mg » 0.401 mmol ), copper moth (160.7 mg, 0.844 mmol), 30 ml of diethylamine, stirred at room temperature (2 (TC) for 10 minutes. Then, N-propargylamino acetic acid t- Butyl ester (compound (A5)) ( 3.72 g, 24.0 mmol) was stirred at room temperature (20 ° C) for 4 hours. After confirming the disappearance of the starting material by HPLC, 200 ml of ethyl acetate and 200 ml of 1 M aqueous ammonium chloride solution were added. The organic layer was washed twice with 1 M aqueous ammonium chloride solution and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant, the filtrate was concentrated -72-201200561, cerium oxide gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate) : hexane = 3: 7) Refining. Yield: 4.97 g, yield: 88.0% ^ Step 2: Synthesis of compound (A-2) in a four-necked flask, and the above-mentioned dinitrogen (A8) (12.45 g) , 42.7mmol ), suspended in 200ml of ethanol * After degassing, nitrogen substitution, adding palladium carbide (1.2:3g), replacing with hydrogen, stirring at room temperature (2 ° ° C) for 2 days After filtering with vermiculite, the palladium carbide was removed, and the solvent was distilled off. The obtained solid was dissolved in toluene (1 ml), and then 50 ml of hexane was added to carry out recrystallization. The obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give a pale brown solid. : 9.13 g, yield: 80.6%) 1H-NMR of the obtained solid was confirmed to be a diamine (A-2) 〇^-NMR (DMSO-d6 » δ ppm): 1.38 (s, 9H) ' 1.57 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (t &gt; J- 7.2 Hz &gt; 2H ) &gt; 2.94 (quin * J = 6.0 Hz · 2H ), 3.88~4.22 (m, 4H), 6.22 (dd , J = 2.1Hz, 8.1Hz, 1H) ' 6.25 (d· J = 2.1Ηζ» 1H) ' 6.37 ( d &gt; J = 8. 1Hz &gt; 1H ) ' 6.84 ( t &gt; J = 6.0Hz &gt; 1H) &lt;Synthesis Example 3 &gt; In a 3 L four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device, P-phenylenediamine 44.04 g (0.407 mol) and diamine (A-5) 43.59 g (0.115 mol) were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. Further, 1891 g of NMP and 92.19 g of a base pyridine (-73-201200561 1.1 7 mol) were further added, followed by stirring to dissolve. Next, this diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 157.90 g (0.486 mol)' was added and reacted under water cooling for 4 hours. To the solution of the obtained polyphthalate, 101 g of NMP 2 was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes to obtain a polyglycolate solution having a solid concentration of 5 wt%. The polyglycolate solution was poured into 2101 2 g of water under stirring, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, and then washed once with 21 〇 12 g of water, washed with 21012 g of ethanol once, and washed with 5253 g of ethanol. 3 times 'white urethane resin powder 175.94 g after drying. The yield was 83.7%. Further, the molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 13,350 and Mw = 28,323. The obtained polyamidite resin powder 丨1.1148g was placed in a 200 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and GBL74.3905g was added thereto, and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyglycolate having a solid concentration of 13% by weight. Solution (PAE-1 &lt; Synthesis Example 4 &gt; In a 3 L four-necked flask equipped with a stirring apparatus, p-phenylenediamine 34.01 g (0.315 mol) and diamine (A-2) 15.65 were added under a nitrogen atmosphere. g (0.059 mol), diamine (A-5) 7.46 g (0.0197 mol), and further added 1344 g of NMP and 69.41 g (0.878 mol) of pyridine as a base, followed by stirring to dissolve. Next, the diamine solution was stirred. Add 1,30\1-€80 ugly-C1 1 18.9g (0_3 66mol), and react for 4 hours under water cooling. Add 1493g of NMP to the solution of the obtained polyphthalate and stir for 30 minutes to obtain a solid form. A polyglycolate solution having a concentration of 5 wt%. The polyphthalate solution was poured into 1 4934 g of water under stirring, and the precipitated white precipitate was eluted -74-201200561, followed by washing with 14934 g of water. Next, 14934g of ethanol was washed once, and 373 3g of ethanol was washed 3 times, and 127.23g of white polyphthalate resin powder was obtained after drying. The yield was 85.2%. Further, the molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 13,442 and Mw = 29,570. The obtained polyphthalate resin powder 1 5.3 794 g was placed in a 200 ml Erlenmeyer flask and added to GBL 1 3 8.4228. g, stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to dissolve, to obtain a solid concentration of polyamine solution (PAE-2 &lt; Synthesis Example 5 &gt; with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube l〇〇mL four In the flask, 4.86 g (20.0 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine and 4.5681 g (30.0 mmol) of 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid were weighed, and 11.05 g of NMP and 27.6 g of GBL were added. The mixture was stirred and dissolved in nitrogen gas. The diamine solution was added with BDA9.9036g (49.99mm〇l) while stirring, and then added with GBL to make the solid content concentration up to 25% by mass, and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. A polyamine acid solution (PAA-1) is obtained, and the ratio of NMP/GBL is 2/8. The viscosity of the polyaminic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C is 8830 mPa · s. Further, the poly-proline The molecular weight was Mn = 12509 and Mw = 27832. &lt;Synthesis Example 6 &gt; 4, 4, and diamino 2 were weighed in a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. Phenyl ether 4.0048g (20.0mmol), 3,5-diamine

基苯甲酸 4.5676g(30.0mmol),加入 NMP 11.08g、GBL -75- 201200561 27.72g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於 攪拌中,添加BDA9.9046g ( 49.99mmol ),再添加GBL使 其固形分濃度達25質量%,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-2 )。使NMP/GBL之比例爲2/ 8。該聚醯 胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏度爲3607mPa · s。又,該聚醯 胺酸之分子量爲Μη = 10788、Mw = 22416。 &lt;實施例1 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之100ml三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例3所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 5.5 3 34g與合成例5所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA- 1 ) 3.4645g ’ 力卩入 NMP 1.6968g、 GBL3 4.3 647g、BCA5.0620g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌3 0分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(I-a) 。( NMP/ GBL比例:5/ 95 ) &lt;實施例2〉 於置有搅拌子之l〇〇ml三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例3所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 5.549 1 g與合成例5所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA- 1 ) 3.4078g,加入 NMP2.7897g、 GBL3 3.2928g、BCA5.0429g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(I-b )。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP / GBL比例:7.5/92.5) &lt;實施例3 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之l〇〇ml三角燒瓶中’秤取合成例3所得 -76- 201200561 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 5.5 3 5 4g與合成例5所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-1 ) 3.4191g ’ 加入 NMP6.0227g、 GBL30.1 129g、BCA5.0263g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(I-c)。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP / GBL比例:15/ 85 ) &lt;比較例1〉 於置有攪拌子之100ml三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例3所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 5.5499g與合成例5所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-1 ) 3.4118g,加入 NMP8.203 3g、 GBL27.8722g、BCA5.0610g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(I-d )。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP / GBL比例:20/ 80 ) &lt;比較例2 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之100ml三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例3所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 5.5 545g與合成例5所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-1 ) 3.4429g,加入 NMP12.5101g、 GBL23.5576g、BCA5.0314g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(I-e )。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP / GBL比例:30/ 70 ) &lt;實施例4〉 於置有攪拌子之100ml三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例4所得 -77- 201200561 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2 ) 7.2090g與合成例4所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-2 ) 3_4230g,加入 NMP0.6286g、 GBL3 3.7993 g、BCA5.0192g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌3 0分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(Π-a )。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP /GBL比例:2.5/97.5) &lt;實施例5 &gt; 於置有搅拌子之1〇〇 ml三.角燒瓶中,秤取合成例4所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2 ) 7.2068g與合成例5所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA- 1 ) 3.4458g,加入 NMP1.6911g、 GBL32.6904g、BCA5.0167g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌3 0分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(Π-b ) 。( NMP/ GBL比例:5/ 95 ) &lt;實施例6 &gt; 於置有搅拌子之100ml三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例4所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2 ) 7.2094g與合成例5所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-1 ) 3.4142g,加入 NMP2.7728g、 GBL31.6135g、BCA5.0049g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(Π-c )。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP /GBL比例:7.5/92.5) &lt;比較例3 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之l〇〇ml三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例4所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2 ) 7.2009g與合成例5所得之聚 -78- 201200561 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-l ) 3.4260g ’ 加入 NMP6.0261g、 GBL2 8.3 75 8g、BCA5.0213g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(Π-d )。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP / GBL比例:1 5 / 85 ) &lt;比較例4 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之l〇〇ml三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例4所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2 ) 7.2006g與合成例5所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-l ) 3.43 27g,加入 NMP8.1 874g、 GBL26.2 1 67g、B C A 5.0 0 8 9 g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌3 0分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(Π-e )。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP / GBL比例:20 / 80 ) &lt;比較例5 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之100ml三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例4所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2) 7.2175g與合成例5所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-l ) 3.4183g,加入 NMP12.4940g、 GBL21.9220g、BCA5.0327g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(Π-f)。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP / GBL比例:30 / 70 ) &lt;實施例7 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之20ml樣品管中,秤取合成例3所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1) 1.87 11 g與合成例5所得之聚醯 -79- 201200561 胺酸溶液(PAA-l ) 1.1123g,,加入 NMP0.2143g、 GBL4.8191g、BCS2.0020g,再力口入作爲醯亞胺化促進劑之 N- α - ( 9-莽基甲氧基羰基)-N-t-丁氧羰基-L·組胺酸(以 下,簡稱爲Fmoc-His) 0.05 84g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30 分鐘,得液晶配向劑(III-a )。(固形分濃度:6.0wt% 、NMP/ GBL比例:5/ 95 ) &lt;實施例8 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之20ml樣品管中,秤取合成例3所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 1.8648g與合成例5所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-l ) 1.1533g ,加入 NMP0_59g 、 GBL4.4782g、BCS2.0022g,再力口入作爲醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.0606g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(ΠΙ-b )。(固形分濃度:6.0wt%、NMP/ GBL比 例:10/90) &lt;實施例9 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之20ml樣品管中,秤取合成例3所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 1.8 79 1 g與合成例5所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-l ) 1.1 632g ,力□入 NMP 1.3 3 95 g 、 GBL3.6976g、BCS2.0394g’再加入作爲醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.0575g後’以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(III-c)。(固形分濃度:6.0wt%、NMP/GBL比 例:2 0 / 8 0 ) -80- 201200561 &lt;實施例1 〇 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之20ml樣品管中,秤取合成例3所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE_ 1 ) 1.863 5 g與合成例5所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-1 ) 1.1301g,加入 NMP2.0570g、 GBL2.9560g、BCS2.0165g,再力口入作爲醯亞胺化促進齊!f之 Fmoc-His 0.05 80後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配 向劑(ΙΙΙ-d )。(固形分濃度:6.0wt%、NMP/ GBL比例 :30/ 70 ) &lt;比較例6 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之20ml樣品管中,秤取合成例3所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 1.863 8g與合成例5所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA- 1 ) 1.1 340g,加入 NMP2.8074g、 GBL2.23 1 lg、BCS2.03 13g,再加入作爲醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.0549g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(ΙΙΙ-e)。(固形分濃度:6.0wt%、NMP/ GBL比 例:40/ 60 ) &lt;比較例7 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之20ml樣品管中’秤取合成例3所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 1.865 3 g與合成例5所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA- 1 ) 1.1 766g ’ 加入 NMP3.5495g、 GBL1.4903g、BCS2.0125g,再加入作爲醯亞胺化促進劑之 -81 - 2012005614.5676 g (30.0 mmol) of benzoic acid was added, and 11.02 g of NMP was added, and 27.72 g of GBL-75-201200561 was added, and it was stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen gas to dissolve. This diamine solution was added with BDA 9.9046 g (49.99 mmol), and further added with GBL to have a solid content concentration of 25% by mass, and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a polyaminic acid solution (PAA-2). Make the ratio of NMP/GBL 2/8. The polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 3,607 mPa·s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the polyamine was Μη = 10788 and Mw = 22,416. &lt;Example 1 &gt; In a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask equipped with a stirrer, the polyphthalate solution (PAE-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was 5.5 3 34 g and the polyamidonic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 5 was weighed. (PAA-1) 3.4645g After stirring into NMP 1.6968g, GBL3 4.3 647g, and BCA 5.0620g, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes with a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (Ia). (NMP/GBL ratio: 5/95) &lt;Example 2> The polyphthalate solution (PAE-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed in a l〇〇ml conical flask equipped with a stirrer. 5.549 1 g and 3.4078 g of the polyaminic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 were added to N897 (2.7897 g, GBL3, 3.2928 g, and BCA 5.0429 g, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (Ib). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 7.5/92.5) &lt;Example 3 &gt; In a l〇〇ml conical flask equipped with a stirrer, 'weighed from Synthesis Example 3 -76-201200561 Polyammonium ester solution (PAE-1) 5.5 3 5 4g and the polyaminic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 3.4191g ' After adding NMP 6.0227g, GBL30.1 129g, BCA5.0263g, The magnetic stirrer was stirred for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (Ic). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 15/85) &lt;Comparative Example 1> The polyphthalate solution (PAE) obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask equipped with a stir bar. - 1 ) 5.5499g of polyamic acid solution (PAA-1 ) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 3.4118g, adding NMP8.203 3g, GBL27.8722g, BCA5.0610g, stirring with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain liquid crystal alignment agent (Id). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 20/80) &lt;Comparative Example 2 &gt; The polyphthalate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask equipped with a stir bar ( PAE-1) 5.5 545 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 3.4429 g, adding NMP12.5101g, GBL23.5576g, BCA5.0314g, and stirring with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. (Ie). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 30/70) &lt;Example 4> In a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask equipped with a stirrer, the polyamine acid of -77-201200561 obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was weighed. The ester solution (PAE-2) 7.2090g and the polyaminic acid solution (PAA-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 4 3_4230g were added to NMP 0.6286g, GBL3 3.7993 g, BCA5.0192g, and then stirred for 30 minutes with a magnetic stirrer. Liquid crystal alignment agent (Π-a ). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 2.5/97.5) &lt;Example 5 &gt; In a 1 〇〇 ml three-corner flask equipped with a stirrer, the polypethane obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was weighed. Amino acid ester solution (PAE-2) 7.2068 g and polyamic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 3.4458 g, and after adding NMP 1.6911 g, GBL 32.6904 g, BCA 5.0167 g, stirring with a magnetic stirrer 3 0 Minutes, get the liquid crystal alignment agent (Π-b). (NMP/GBL ratio: 5/95) &lt;Example 6 &gt; In a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask equipped with a stirrer, the polyamine ester solution (PAE-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was weighed and synthesized. 3.4142 g of the polyaminic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Example 5 was added to N728 (2.7728 g), GBL 31.6135 g, and BCA 5.549 g, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (Π-c). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 7.5/92.5) &lt;Comparative Example 3 &gt; The polylysine obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was weighed in a l〇〇ml conical flask equipped with a stir bar. Ester solution (PAE-2) 7.2009g and Synthesis Example 5 Poly-78- 201200561 Proline solution (PAA-l) 3.4260g ' After adding NMP6.0261g, GBL2 8.3 75 8g, BCA5.0213g, magnetic stirrer After stirring for 30 minutes, a liquid crystal alignment agent (Π-d) was obtained. (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 15 / 85) &lt;Comparative Example 4 &gt; The polydecylamine obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was weighed in a l〇〇ml conical flask equipped with a stir bar. Acid ester solution (PAE-2) 7.2006g and polyamic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 3. 3.37 27g, after adding NMP8.1 874g, GBL26.2 1 67g, BCA 5.0 0 8 9 g, The magnetic stirrer was stirred for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (Π-e). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 20 / 80) &lt;Comparative Example 5 &gt; The polyphthalate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was weighed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask equipped with a stirrer ( PAE-2) 7.2175g and 3.4183g of polyamic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, adding NMP 12.4940g, GBL21.9220g, BCA5.0327g, and stirring with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain liquid crystal alignment agent (Π-f). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 30 / 70) &lt;Example 7 &gt; The polyphthalate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed in a 20 ml sample tube provided with a stir bar ( PAE-1) 1.87 11 g and polypyrene-79-201200561 Amino acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1.1 1.1123 g, and added NMP 0.2143 g, GBL4.8191 g, BCS 2.0020 g, and further into the 醯N-α-(9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)-Nt-butoxycarbonyl-L-histidine acid (hereinafter abbreviated as Fmoc-His) of the imidization promoter is stirred at a magnetic stirrer 30 In minutes, a liquid crystal alignment agent (III-a) was obtained. (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 5/95) &lt;Example 8 &gt; The polyamidomate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed in a 20 ml sample tube provided with a stir bar ( PAE-1) 1.8648g of polylysine solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, 1.1533g, adding NMP0_59g, GBL4.4782g, BCS2.0022g, and further injecting Fmoc- as a ruthenium promoter. After His 0.0606 g, the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (ΠΙ-b). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 10/90) &lt;Example 9 &gt; The polyamidate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed in a 20 ml sample tube provided with a stir bar ( PAE-1) 1.8 79 1 g and the polyaminic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1.1 1.1 632 g, force into NMP 1.3 3 95 g, GBL3.6976g, BCS2.0394g' and then added as quinone The Fmoc-His of the accelerator was 0.0575 g, and then stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (III-c). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 2 0 / 8 0 ) -80 - 201200561 &lt;Example 1 〇&gt; The sample obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed in a 20 ml sample tube provided with a stir bar. Polyurethane solution (PAE_ 1 ) 1.863 5 g and 1.1301 g of polyaminic acid solution (PAA-1 ) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, adding NMP 2.0570 g, GBL 2.9560 g, BCS 2.0165 g, and further injecting as After the imidization promoted Fmoc-His 0.05 80, the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (ΙΙΙ-d). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 30/70) &lt;Comparative Example 6 &gt; The polyphthalate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed in a 20 ml sample tube provided with a stir bar ( PAE-1) 1.863 8g and the polyaminic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1 1.1 340g, adding NMP2.8074g, GBL2.23 1 lg, BCS2.03 13g, and then adding as a ruthenium amide promoter After Fmoc-His was 0.0549 g, it was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (ΙΙΙ-e). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 40/60) &lt;Comparative Example 7 &gt; The polyphthalate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed in a 20 ml sample tube provided with a stir bar ( PAE-1) 1.865 3 g of the polyaminic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1.1 766g ' Addition of NMP 3.5495g, GBL1.4903g, BCS2.0125g, and then added as a ruthenium iodide promoter - 81 - 201200561

Fmoc-His 0.0589g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘’得液晶 配向劑(ΙΙΙ-f)。(固形分濃度:6.0wt%、NMP/GBL比 例:50/ 50 ) &lt;實施例11 &gt; 於置有搅拌子之20ml樣品管中’秤取合成例3所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 1.8748g與合成例6所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-2 ) 1.2008g,加入 NMP0.229 1 g、 GBL4.8059g、BCS2.0692g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘, 得液晶配向劑(-a)。(固形分濃度:6.0wt%、NMP/ GBL比例:5 / 95 ) &lt;比較例8 &gt; 於置有攪拌子之20ml樣品管中,秤取合成例3所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 1.8504g與合成例6所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-2 ) 1.1918g ,力卩入 NMP2.8065 g 、 GBL2.1 5 76g、BCS2.0034g後,以磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘, 得液晶配向劑(-b )。(固形分濃度:6.0wt%、NMP/ G B L 比例:40/ 60 ) &lt;實施例1 2 &gt; 實施例1所得之液晶配向劑(Ι-a)以Ι.Ομηι之過濾器過 濾後,將該該液晶配向劑以噴墨塗佈之方式塗佈於附有 ΙΤΟ透明電極之玻璃基板上。所得之塗膜於溫度80 °C之熱 -82- 201200561 壓板上乾燥5分鐘,使用溫度230°C之熱風循環式烘箱燒焙 1小時後,形成膜厚130 nm之塗膜。使用原子力顯微鏡( AFM )觀察該塗膜之膜表面、測定膜表面之中心線的平均 粗度(Ra ),以評估膜表面之平坦性。結果係如後述表1 所示。 &lt;實施例13〜17及比較例9〜13&gt; 除分別使用上述實施例2〜4、比較例1〜4所得之各個 液晶配向劑(I-a)〜(II-c)及液晶配向劑(I-d)〜(II-f )以外,其他皆依實施例1 2相同之方法製得各塗膜。使 用原子力顯微鏡(AFM)觀察各塗膜之膜表面。又,對各 塗膜分別測定其中心線的平均粗度(Ra ),以評估膜表面 之平坦性。該些之測定結果係如後述表1所示。 [表1] 液晶 配向劑 聚合物 NMP/GBL 比 中心線的平均粗度 [nm] 實施例12 I — a PAE-l (40)/PAA-l(60) 5. 0/95.0 0. 98 實施例13 I 一 b PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 7· 5/92. 5 0.45 實施例14 I -c PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 15/85 0.87 實施例15 Il-a PAE-2(40)/PAA-l(60) 2. 5/97. 5 1.62 實施例16 II-b PAE-2(40)/PAA-l(60) 5. 0/9. 5 0.41 實施例17 II 一 c PAE-2(40)/PAA-l(60) 7. 5/92, 5 1.01 比較例9 I 一 d PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 20/80 1.54 比較例10 I — e PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 30/70 2.42 比較例11 Il-d PAE-2(40)/PAA-l(60) 15/85 5.52 比較例12 II-e PAE-2(40)/PAA-l(60) 20/80 7.63 比較例13 II-f PAE-2&lt;40)/PAA-1(60) 30/70 8.82 如表1所示般,經由實施例1 2〜1 7及比較例9〜1 3之結 果得知,依聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸組成之不同,會造成最 佳溶劑比例相異,NMP之量’相對於NMP與GBL之合計量 -83- 201200561 ,於噴墨塗佈之情形,爲2.5質量%〜15質量%時,而可 降低聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之經由相分離所發生之微小凹 凸,確認可以得到平坦之膜。 &lt;實施例1 8 &gt; 實施例7所得之液晶配向劑(ΙΠ-a)以Ι.Ομιη之過濾器 過濾後,將該液晶配向劑以凸版印刷塗佈於附有ΙΤΟ透明 電極之玻璃基板上。所得之塗膜於溫度80°C之熱壓板上乾 燥5分鐘,於溫度23(TC之熱風循環式烘箱中燒焙30分鐘, 形成膜厚130nm之塗膜。使用原子力顯微鏡(AFM )觀察 該塗膜之膜表面、測定膜表面之中心線的平均粗度(Ra ) 、以評估膜表面之平坦性。結果係如後述表2所示。 〈實施例19〜22及比較例14〜16 &gt; 除分別使用上述實施例8〜4、比較例1〜5所得之各個 液晶配向劑(ΠΙ-b)〜(-〇及液晶配向劑(III_e)〜(· b)以外,其他皆依實施例18相同之方法製作塗膜。使用 原子力顯微鏡(AF Μ )觀察各塗膜之膜表面,測定膜表面 之中心線的平均粗度(Ra )、以評估膜表面之平坦性。結 果係如後述表2所示 -84- 201200561 [表2] 液晶 配向劑 聚合物 NMP/GBL 比 Φ心線的平均粗度 fnml 實施例18 III- a PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 5.0/95.0 0,84 實施例19 III-b PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 10/90 0. 88 實施例20 III-c PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 20/80 0.88 實施例21 III- d PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 30/70 0.92 竇施例22 — a PAE-l(40)/PAA-2(60) 5.0/9.5 0.84 1Ϊ較例14 Π卜e PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 40/60 1.21 比較例15 III- f PAE-l(40)/PAA-l(60) 50/50 1.30 比較例16 —b PAE-l&lt;40)/PM-2(60) 40/60 4.64 如表2所示,由實施例18〜22及比較例14〜16之結果 得知,依聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸組成之不同,會造成最佳 溶劑比例相異,NMP之量相對於NMP與GBL之合計量,於 凸版印刷之情形中,在設定5質量%〜30質量%內時,可 降低因聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之相分離所發生之微小凹凸 ,確認可以得到平坦之膜。 〈實施例23 &gt; 將實施例2所得之液晶配向劑(I-b)使用Ι.Ομιη過濾 器過濾後,以噴墨塗佈塗佈於玻璃基板上形成有具有第1 層爲膜厚50nm之IT Ο電極、第2層爲作爲絕緣膜之膜厚 50 0nm之氮化矽、第3層爲梳狀之ITO電極(電極寬:3μιη 、電極間隔:6μιη、電極高度:50nm)的FFS驅動用電極 的玻璃基板。80°C之熱壓板上乾燥5分鐘後,於23 0 °C之熱 風循環式烘箱中進行60分鐘之燒焙,形成膜厚130nm之塗 膜。該塗膜面介由偏光板將254nm之紫外線以400mJ/ cm2 照射,得附有液晶配向膜之基板。又,對向基板之未形成 電極之具有高度4μιη之柱狀調距器的玻璃基板,亦依相同 -85- 201200561 方法形成塗膜,施以.配向處理。 將上述2片之基板作爲一組,於基板上印刷密封劑, 將另一片基板,以面向液晶配向膜面之配向方向爲〇°之方 式貼合後,將密封劑硬化以製作空晶胞。於此空晶胞中, 使用減壓注入法注入液晶MLC-204 1 ( Merck ·日本公司製 ),封閉注入口,得FFS驅動液晶晶胞。 使用該FFS驅動液晶晶胞,對交流驅動燒附及電荷蓄 積特性進行評估。結果係如後述之表3所示》 〈實施例24 &gt; 除使用實施例5所得之液晶配向劑(ΙΙ-b )以外,其他 皆依實施例23相同之方法製作FFS驅動液晶晶胞。使用該 FFS驅動液晶晶胞,對交流驅動燒附及電荷蓄積特性進行 評估。結果係如後述之表3所示。 〈比較例1 7 &gt; 除使用比較例1所得之液晶配向劑(I - d )以外,其他 皆依實施例23相同之方法製作FFS驅動液晶晶胞。使用該 F F S驅動液晶晶胞,對交流驅動燒附及電荷蓄積特性進行 評估。結果係如後述之表3所示。 &lt;比較例1 8 &gt; 除使用比較例4所得之液晶配向劑(11 - e )以外,其他 皆依實施例23相同之方法製作FFS驅動液晶晶胞。使用該 -86- 201200561 FFS驅動液晶晶胞,對交流驅動燒附及電荷蓄積特性進行 評估。結果係如後述之表3所示。 【表3】 交流驅動燒附 _ imVl 電荷蓄積特性 r%i 實施例23 0.0 0.1 實施例24 0.2 0.1 比較例17 0.2 0.1 比較例18 0.9 0.5 由實施例2 3〜2 4及比較例1 7〜1 8之結果、得知,經由降 低聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之相分離所發生之微小凹凸結果 ’確認可得到具有更優異交流驅動.燒附及電荷蓄積特性之 液晶配向膜。 •二胺化合物(A-1)之合成 (前驅物合成1 ) [化 62]After Fmoc-His was 0.0589 g, it was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (ΙΙΙ-f). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 50/50) &lt;Example 11 &gt; The polyphthalate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed in a 20 ml sample tube provided with a stir bar ( PAE-1) 1.8748g and polyamic acid solution (PAA-2) 1.2008g obtained in Synthesis Example 6, adding NMP0.229 1 g, GBL4.8059g, BCS2.0692g, and stirring with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain liquid crystal Orienting agent (-a). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 5 / 95) &lt;Comparative Example 8 &gt; The polyphthalate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed in a 20 ml sample tube provided with a stir bar ( PAE-1) 1.8504g and 1.1918g of the polyaminic acid solution (PAA-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 6. After injecting NMP2.8065 g, GBL2.1 5 76g, BCS2.0034g, stir with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes. , a liquid crystal alignment agent (-b). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 40/60) &lt;Example 1 2 &gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent (Ι-a) obtained in Example 1 was filtered with a filter of Ι.Οηηι, The liquid crystal alignment agent is applied by inkjet coating to a glass substrate with a transparent electrode. The obtained coating film was dried on a heat-82-201200561 pressure plate at a temperature of 80 ° C for 5 minutes, and baked for 1 hour in a hot air circulating oven at a temperature of 230 ° C to form a coating film having a film thickness of 130 nm. The film surface of the coating film was observed using an atomic force microscope (AFM), and the average thickness (Ra) of the center line of the film surface was measured to evaluate the flatness of the film surface. The results are shown in Table 1 below. &lt;Examples 13 to 17 and Comparative Examples 9 to 13&gt; Each of the liquid crystal alignment agents (Ia) to (II-c) and liquid crystal alignment agent (Id) obtained in the above Examples 2 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4, respectively Each of the coating films was prepared in the same manner as in Example 12 except for the case of ~(II-f). The film surface of each coating film was observed using an atomic force microscope (AFM). Further, the average thickness (Ra) of the center line of each of the coating films was measured to evaluate the flatness of the film surface. The measurement results are shown in Table 1 below. [Table 1] Average thickness of liquid crystal alignment agent polymer NMP/GBL than center line [nm] Example 12 I - a PAE-l (40) / PAA-1 (60) 5. 0/95.0 0. 98 Implementation Example 13 I-b PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 7·5/92. 5 0.45 Example 14 I-c PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 15/85 0.87 Implementation Example 15 Il-a PAE-2(40)/PAA-1 (60) 2. 5/97. 5 1.62 Example 16 II-b PAE-2(40)/PAA-l(60) 5. 0/9 5 0.41 Example 17 II a c PAE-2 (40) / PAA-1 (60) 7. 5/92, 5 1.01 Comparative Example 9 I a d PAE-1 (40) / PAA-1 (60) 20 /80 1.54 Comparative Example 10 I - e PAE-1 (40) / PAA-1 (60) 30 / 70 2.42 Comparative Example 11 Il-d PAE-2 (40) / PAA-l (60) 15 / 85 5.52 Comparison Example 12 II-e PAE-2 (40) / PAA-1 (60) 20/80 7.63 Comparative Example 13 II-f PAE-2 &lt; 40) / PAA-1 (60) 30 / 70 8.82 As shown in Table 1 As a result, it was found from the results of Examples 1 2 to 17 and Comparative Examples 9 to 13 that depending on the composition of the polyglycolate and the polyamic acid, the optimum solvent ratio was different, and the amount of NMP was ' Compared with the total amount of NMP and GBL -83-201200561, in the case of inkjet coating, when it is 2.5% by mass to 15% by mass, the polyperurethane and polylysine can be reduced. It was confirmed that a flat film was obtained by the minute projections which occurred in the phase separation. &lt;Example 1 8&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent (ΙΠ-a) obtained in Example 7 was filtered through a filter of Ι.Οιη, and the liquid crystal alignment agent was applied by letterpress printing on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode. on. The obtained coating film was dried on a hot plate at a temperature of 80 ° C for 5 minutes, and baked at a temperature of 23 (TC hot air circulating oven for 30 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 130 nm. The atomic force microscope (AFM) was used to observe the film. The film surface of the coating film and the average thickness (Ra) of the center line of the film surface were measured to evaluate the flatness of the film surface. The results are shown in Table 2 below. <Examples 19 to 22 and Comparative Examples 14 to 16 &gt In addition to the respective liquid crystal alignment agents (ΠΙ-b) to (-〇 and liquid crystal alignment agents (III_e) to (·b) obtained in the above Examples 8 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5, respectively, A coating film was produced in the same manner as in Example 18. The film surface of each coating film was observed by an atomic force microscope (AF Μ ), and the average thickness (Ra ) of the center line of the film surface was measured to evaluate the flatness of the film surface. 2 shows -84- 201200561 [Table 2] Liquid crystal alignment agent polymer NMP/GBL average roughness fnml of Φ core line Example 18 III- a PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 5.0/95.0 0,84 Example 19 III-b PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 10/90 0. 88 Example 20 III-c PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 20/80 0.88 Example 21 III-d PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 30/70 0.92 Sinus Case 22 — a PAE-l(40)/PAA-2(60) 5.0/9.5 0.84 1Ϊ Comparative Example 14 ee e PAE-1(40)/PAA-1(60) 40/60 1.21 Comparative Example 15 III- f PAE-l(40)/PAA-l(60) 50/50 1.30 Comparative Example 16 —b PAE -l&lt;40)/PM-2(60) 40/60 4.64 As shown in Table 2, it was found from the results of Examples 18 to 22 and Comparative Examples 14 to 16, that the polyphthalate and the poly-proline were The difference in composition will result in the difference of the optimal solvent ratio. The amount of NMP is relative to the total amount of NMP and GBL. In the case of letterpress printing, when it is set within 5 mass% to 30 mass%, the polyamine can be reduced. The fine unevenness which was formed by the phase separation of the acid ester and the poly-proline was confirmed to be a flat film. <Example 23 &gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent (Ib) obtained in Example 2 was filtered using a Ι.Οιη filter. An IT ruthenium electrode having a first layer of 50 nm and a thickness of 50 nm was formed by inkjet coating on a glass substrate, and the second layer was a tantalum nitride having a film thickness of 50 nm as an insulating film, and the third layer was a comb-like layer. ITO electrode (electrode width: 3μιη, electrode spacing: 6μιη, electrode height: 50 nm) glass substrate for FFS drive electrodes. After drying on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 5 minutes, it was baked in a hot air circulating oven at 23 ° C for 60 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 130 nm. The coating film surface was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 254 nm at 400 mJ/cm 2 through a polarizing plate to obtain a substrate to which a liquid crystal alignment film was attached. Further, a glass substrate having a columnar distance controller having a height of 4 μm which is not formed on the substrate, is formed into a coating film by the same method as -85-201200561, and subjected to an alignment treatment. The two substrates were used as a group, and a sealant was printed on the substrate, and the other substrate was bonded in such a manner that the alignment direction of the liquid crystal alignment film surface was 〇°, and then the sealant was cured to prepare an empty cell. In this empty cell, liquid crystal MLC-204 1 (manufactured by Merck Japan Co., Ltd.) was injected by a vacuum injection method, and the injection port was closed to obtain an FFS-driven liquid crystal cell. The FFS was used to drive the liquid crystal cell, and the AC drive burn-in and charge accumulation characteristics were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3 below. <Example 24 &gt; An FFS-driven liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 23 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (ΙΙ-b) obtained in Example 5 was used. The FFS was used to drive the liquid crystal cell to evaluate the AC drive burn-in and charge accumulation characteristics. The results are shown in Table 3 below. <Comparative Example 1 7 &gt; An FFS-driven liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 23 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (I - d ) obtained in Comparative Example 1 was used. The F F S was used to drive the liquid crystal cell, and the AC drive burn-in and charge accumulation characteristics were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3 below. &lt;Comparative Example 1 8 &gt; An FFS-driven liquid crystal cell was produced in the same manner as in Example 23 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent (11 - e ) obtained in Comparative Example 4 was used. The -86-201200561 FFS was used to drive the liquid crystal cell to evaluate the AC drive burn-in and charge accumulation characteristics. The results are shown in Table 3 below. [Table 3] AC drive burn-in _ imVl charge accumulation characteristic r%i Example 23 0.0 0.1 Example 24 0.2 0.1 Comparative Example 17 0.2 0.1 Comparative Example 18 0.9 0.5 From Example 2 3 to 2 4 and Comparative Example 1 7~ As a result of 18, it was confirmed that the liquid crystal alignment film having more excellent AC drive, burn-in, and charge storage characteristics was obtained by reducing the result of fine unevenness generated by phase separation of the polyphthalate and the poly-proline. • Synthesis of diamine compound (A-1) (precursor synthesis 1) [Chem. 62]

1) BHs-THF1) BHs-THF

2) aq. HCI2) aq. HCI

3) aq. NaOH 於1L四口燒瓶上,裝設迪姆羅得(Dimroth)管、 100mL滴下漏斗,加入2_氰基-4_硝基苯胺(15g,92mm〇1 )’反應系內以氮取代後,加入THF400mL,冷卻至0°C。 -87- 201200561 其次,將硼-THF 錯合物(IMinTHF,100mL,lOOmmol) 經由滴下漏斗以30分鐘時間滴入。確認由反應系中產生氣 體,析出黃色固體。滴下結束後,於室溫下攪拌2日。反 應結束後,加入鹽酸(2N,200mL ),於室溫下攪拌2小 時後,於10°C下加入氫氧化鈉水溶液(2N,2 5 0mL )使其 形成鹼性,以二氯甲烷萃取。有機層以飽和食鹽水( 5 OOmL )洗淨,以硫酸鎂乾燥後,進行濃縮、真空乾燥結 果,得黃色固體之氰基還原體。產量爲11. 9g、產率爲77 %。 (前驅物合成2 ) [化 63]3) aq. NaOH on a 1 L four-necked flask, equipped with a Dimroth tube, a 100 mL dropping funnel, and a 2-cyano-4-nitroaniline (15 g, 92 mm 〇 1 ) reaction system. After nitrogen substitution, 400 mL of THF was added and the mixture was cooled to 0 °C. -87-201200561 Next, a boron-THF complex (IMinTHF, 100 mL, 100 mmol) was added dropwise via a dropping funnel over a period of 30 minutes. It was confirmed that a gas was generated from the reaction system, and a yellow solid was precipitated. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. After completion of the reaction, hydrochloric acid (2N, 200 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, and then aqueous sodium hydroxide (2N, 250 mL) was added at 10 ° C to make it basic and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine (500 mL) and dried over magnesium sulfate. The yield was 11.9 g and the yield was 77%. (Precursor Synthesis 2) [Chem. 63]

於1L茄型燒瓶中,加入前述氰基還原體(4.60g’ 2 7.5mmol )及二氯甲烷(900mL )以作爲溶液,加入二碳 酸二 tert -丁酯(6.00g,27.5mmol),於室溫(20 °C )下 攪拌3日。反應結束後’將反應溶液以飽和食鹽水洗淨’ 以硫酸鎂乾燥。有機層經減壓濃縮所析出之固體’以乙酸 乙酯一己烷再結晶結果’得黃色固體之Boc加成物。產量 爲5.25g,產率爲71%。 (DA-2之合成) -88- 201200561 [化 64]To the 1 L eggplant type flask, the above cyano group (4.60 g' 2 7.5 mmol) and dichloromethane (900 mL) were added as a solution, and diter-butyrate dicarbonate (6.00 g, 27.5 mmol) was added thereto. Stir at temperature (20 °C) for 3 days. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was washed with saturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a solid solid, which was crystallised from ethyl acetate-hexane. The yield was 5.25 g and the yield was 71%. (Synthesis of DA-2) -88- 201200561 [Chem. 64]

於100mL茄型燒瓶中,加入前述Boc加成物(5.0g, 18.7mmol)及乙醇(40ml) ’反應系內以氮取代後,加入 氧化鉑(500mg ),反應系內以氫取代。將形成黃色懸濁 之反應混合物於室溫下攙拌15小時。反應結束後,追加乙 醇,使析出之白色固體再溶解,以矽鈽石過濾去除觸媒。 將濾液濃縮,所得之桃色固體以乙酸乙酯-己烷再結晶, 得淡桃色固體。產量爲3.40g、產率爲77%。 經測定所得固體之1H-NMR,卻任期爲生成A-1。 'H-NMR ( DMSO-d6 · δ ppm) : 1.44 ( s,9H) 、3.87 (d,J=6.3Hz,2H) 、4.10〜4.30(m,4H) 、6.27(dd ,J=2.4Hz,8.1Hz,1H ) 、6.31 (d,J=2.4Hz,1H )、 6.38(d,J=8.1Hz) 、7.14(t,J=6.3Hz,lH)。 (合成例7 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之300mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入 p-PDA 2.52g ( 23.30mmol ) 、 ( A- 1 ) 1,3725g ( 5.78mmol ),再加入NMP 97.20g、作爲鹼之吡啶5.21g( 65.8 9mmol)後,攪拌使其溶解。其次將此二胺溶液於攪 -89- 201200561 拌中,添加 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 8.930g ( 27.47mmol ),於水 冷下反應4小時。4小時後,將NMP 1 07.94g加入反應溶液 中,室溫(2(TC )下攪拌15分鐘。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯之 溶液,於攪拌中投入108 0g之水中,濾取析出之白色沈澱 ,隨後,使用l〇80g之水洗淨1次、1 080g之乙醇洗淨1次、 27 0g之乙醇洗淨3次,乾燥後得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Μη =12119、Mw =25695» 於100ml三角燒瓶中,枰取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末7.7151g,加入GBL 69.4528g後,於室溫下攪拌24小時 使其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-3 )。 (合成例8 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之300mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中’ 置入?-苯二胺2_8118吕(26.〇111111〇1)、(八-5) 1.0964§( 2.89mmol ),再加入 NM P 5 1.9 9 g、GB L 1 5 5.9 7 g、作爲鹼 之吡啶5.1 6g ( 6 5.18m mol )後,攪拌使其溶解。其次將此 二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-C1 8.830 1 g ( 27.16mmol ),於水冷下反應4小時。4小時後’加入丙烯 醯氯0.7532g ( 8.32mmol),於水冷下反應30分鐘。將所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液於攪拌中投入9〇5g之2_丙醇中’濾取 析出之沈澱物,隨後,使用448g之2-丙醇洗淨5次’經乾 燥後得聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。 該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn = 15 62 3、Mw= 30510。 於100ml三角燒瓶中,秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 -90- 201200561 末10.10g,加入GBL 91.06g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶 解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-4)。 (合成例9 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之300mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入 4,4’-乙烯二苯胺 2.7958g ( 13.17mmol ) 、 ( A-5 ) 1.2493g ( 3.41mmol),再添加 NMP 35.40g、GBL 35.39g ,及作爲鹼之吡啶2.87g ( 3 6.3 4mmol )後,攪拌使其溶解 。其次將此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-C1 4.9228g ( 15.14mmol ),於水冷下反應4小時。4小時後, 反應溶液中加入NMP 35.40g、GBL 35_40g,室溫(20°C ) 下攪拌15分鐘。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯之溶液,於攪拌中投 入78 6g之水中,濾取析出之白色沈澱,隨後,使用786g之 水洗淨1次、786g之乙醇洗淨1次、197g之乙醇洗淨3次, 乾燥後得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分 子量爲 Mn = 16710、Mw = 32198。 於100ml三角燒瓶中,秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末4.7855g,加入GBL 32.0428g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使 其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-5)。 (合成例1 〇 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之500mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中’ 置入 p-苯二胺 5.5027g ( 50.88mmol ) 、(A-l) 1.052 1 g ( 4.43mmol)後,添加 NMP 95.07g、GBL 285.2 1 g、作爲鹼 201200561 之吡啶9.87g( 124.7mmol)後,攪拌使其溶解。其次將此 二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-CL 1 6.895 6g ( 5 1 · 9 7 m m ο 1 ),於水冷下反應4小時。4小時後,加入丙烯 醯氯1.4410g ( 15.92mmol),於水冷下反應30分鐘。將所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液於攪拌中投入1 65 8g之.2-丙醇中,濾 取析出之沈澱物,隨後,使用829g之2 -丙醇洗淨5次,經 乾燥後得聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲 Mn= 1 5623、Mw= 305 1 0。 於200ml三角燒瓶中,秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末12.8251g,加入GBL 115.4259g,於室溫下攪拌24小時 使其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-6)。 (合成例1 1 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之300mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入 p-PDA 2.03g ( 18.77mmol ) 、 ( A-2 ) 1.2280g ( 4.63mmol)後,再加入NMP 1 67.80g、作爲鹼之吡啶4.21g (5 3.26mmol )後,攪拌使其溶解。其次將此二胺溶液於 攪拌中,添加 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 7.21 82g ( 22.20mmol ) ’ 於 水冷下反應4小時。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯之溶液於攪拌中 投入885g之水中,濾取析出之白色沈澱,隨後’使用885g 之水洗淨1次、885g之乙醇洗淨1次、220g之乙醇洗淨3次 ,乾燥後得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之 分子量爲 Mn= 14116、Mw = 27044。 於1 00ml三角燒瓶中,秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 -92- 201200561 末7.2601g,加入GBL 65.3489g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使 其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-7)。 (合成例1 2 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之500mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中’ 置入(A-l) 4.0093g( 16.89 mmol ),再添加 NMP 156.7g ,及作爲鹼之吡啶3.20g( 40.42mmol )後,攪拌使其溶解 。其次將此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加U3DM-CBDE-C1 5.4798g ( 16.85mmol ),於水冷下反應4小時。將所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液於攪拌中投入825 g之水中,濾取析出之沈 澱物,隨後,使用825g之水洗淨1次、825g之乙醇洗淨1次 、20 Og之乙醇洗淨3次,乾燥後得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂 粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Μη =17330、Mw =39781 ο 於100ml三角燒瓶中,秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末7.1 430g,加入GBL 64.2906g後,於室溫下攪拌24小時 使其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-8)。 (合成例1 3 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之300mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入 p-苯二胺 2.0044g ( 18.54mmol ) 、4,4’-二胺基二苯基 甲烷 1.6278g ( 8.21mmol ),再添加 NMP 48.15g、GBL 1 44.44g、作爲鹼之吡啶4.77g ( 60.27mmol )後,攪拌使其 溶解。其次將此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-C1 -93- 201200561 8.1678g (25.12mmol),於水冷下反應4小時。將所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液於攪拌中投入835g之2-丙醇中’濾取析出 之沈澱物,隨後,使用413g之2-丙醇洗淨5次’經乾燥後 得聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Μη = 13 107、Mw = 29407。 於1 0 0 m 1三角燒瓶中,秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末9.7076g,加入GBL 87.3683g後,於室溫下攪拌24小時 使其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-9 )。 (合成例1 4 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之300mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入4,4,-二胺基二苯乙炔 2.003(^(9.62111111〇1)、4,4’-二 胺基二苯基甲烷 1.9063g(9.62mmol),加入 NMP 40.90g ' GBL 122.69g、作爲鹼之吡啶 3.46g( 43.79mmol)後, 攪拌使其溶解。其次將此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-C1 5.93 60g ( 1 8.26mmol ),於水冷下反應 4小時。 將所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液於攪拌中投入7〇6g之2-丙醇中, 濾取析出之沈澱物,隨後,使用3 49g之2-丙醇洗淨5次, 經乾燥後得聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量 爲 Mn= 93 80、Mw= 325 67。 於100ml三角燒瓶中,秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末8.23 8 5 g,加入GBL 74.1 5 3 7g後,於室溫下攪拌24小時 使其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-10)。 -94- 201200561 (合成例1 5 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之300mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入 p-苯二胺 3.1 482g(29.11mmol) 、(A-5 ) 1.2270g( 3.23mmol)後,加入NMP 59_66g、GBL 178.98g、作爲鹼 之吡啶5.77g ( 72.94mmol )後,攪拌使其溶解。其次將此 二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-CL 9.8861 g ( 30.41mmol),於水冷下反應4小時》4小時後,加入4 -甲 氧基苯甲醯氯1.5885g ( 9.31mmol),於水冷下反應30分 鐘。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液於攪拌中投入1 040g之2-丙 醇中,濾取析出之沈澱物,隨後,使用515g之2 -丙醇洗淨 5次,經乾燥後得聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。 該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Μη = 16781、Mw =32537。 於200ml三角燒瓶中,秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末10_20g,加入GBL 91.80g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶 解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-11)。 (合成例1 6 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之50 0mL四口燒瓶中, 坪取3,5-二胺基苯甲酸6.087§(40.01111111〇1),力□入 NMP 71.04g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。其次,加入 4,4’-二胺基二苯基胺31.88§(16〇111111〇1)、〇8[124.3(^, 於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中, 添加BDA 3 1.7 0g ( 160mmol ),於水冷下攪拌2小時。其 次,加入GBL 8 8.7 8g,攪拌10分鐘後,再使反應溶液於持 -95- 201200561 續攪拌中,添加苯均四酸二酐8.51g(39.0mmol),再添 加GBL使固形分濃度達18質量%,於水冷下攪拌24小時。 所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏度爲2864mPa · s。 又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn=14435、Mw=30525。 再於此溶液中,加入以NMP/ GBL比爲2/ 8之混合溶 劑稀釋爲0.3質量%之3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷溶 液77.81g,得聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-3)。 (合成例1 7 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之500mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取3,5-二胺基苯甲酸3.0402g ( 19.98mmol),加入NMP 17.3 7g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。其次,加入 4,4’-二胺基二苯基-N-甲基胺 17.0801g ( 86_60mmol)、 GBL 86.87g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶 液於攪拌中,添加BDA 17.1588g(80.10mmol),於水冷 下攪拌2小時。其次,加入GBL 34.75g,攪拌10分鐘後,’ 再使反應溶液於持續攪拌中,添加苯均四酸二酐2.1 847g (10.02mmol),再添加GBL使固形分濃度達1 8質量%, 於水冷下攪拌24小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25 °C下 之黏度爲534mPa· s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn = 9287 ' Mw = 1 8073。 再於此溶液中,加入NMP/GBL比爲1/9之混合溶劑 稀釋爲0.3質量%之3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷溶液 38」4g,得聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-4)。 -96- 201200561 (合成例1 8 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之500mL四口燒瓶中, 坪取3,5-二胺基苯甲酸4.5648§(30_〇111111〇1),加入 NMP 15.8g’於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。其次,加入m_ 苯二胺 2.1625g(20_0mmol) 、GBL 11.90g,於持續送入 氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加bda 2.9736g ( 15.01mmol),於水冷下攪拌2小時。其次,加 入GBL 23.68g’攪拌10分鐘後’再使反應溶液於持續攪拌 中’添加苯均四酸二酐7.6308g( 34.99mmol),再添加 GBL使固形分濃度達18質量%,於水冷下攪拌24小時。所 得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏度爲2084mPa. s»又 ,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn= 19201、Mw = 52329 ^ 再於此溶液中,加入以NMP/ GBL比爲2/8之混合溶 劑稀釋爲0.3質量%之3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷溶 液17.33g,得聚醯胺酸溶液(pAA_5) ^ (合成例1 9 )To the 100 mL eggplant type flask, the Boc adduct (5.0 g, 18.7 mmol) and ethanol (40 ml) were added. The reaction system was replaced with nitrogen, and then platinum oxide (500 mg) was added thereto, and the reaction was replaced with hydrogen. The yellow suspension-forming reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. After completion of the reaction, ethanol was added to dissolve the precipitated white solid, and the catalyst was removed by filtration through vermiculite. The filtrate was concentrated and the obtained brown solid was crystallised from ethyl acetate-hexane to yield pale pale solid. The yield was 3.40 g and the yield was 77%. The 1H-NMR of the obtained solid was measured, but the term was A-1. 'H-NMR (DMSO-d6 · δ ppm): 1.44 ( s, 9H), 3.87 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.10 to 4.30 (m, 4H), 6.27 (dd, J = 2.4 Hz, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.14 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, lH). (Synthesis Example 7) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, and p-PDA (2.52 g (23.30 mmol), (A-1) 1, 3725 g (5.78 mmol)) was added, and NMP 97.20 was added. g. 5.21 g (65.8 9 mmol) of pyridine as a base, and stirred to dissolve. Next, this diamine solution was stirred in a stirred mixture of -89 - 201200561, and 1.930 g (27.47 mmol) of 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 was added, and the mixture was reacted for 4 hours under water cooling. After 4 hours, NMP 1 07.94g was added to the reaction solution, and stirred at room temperature (2 (TC) for 15 minutes. The resulting solution of polyglycolate was added to 108 0 g of water with stirring, and the precipitate was separated by filtration. The precipitate was white, and then washed once with 100 g of water, washed once with 1 080 g of ethanol, and washed with 27 g of ethanol for 3 times, and dried to obtain a white polyphthalate resin powder. The molecular weight of the amine ester was Μη = 12119, Mw = 25695». In a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, 7.7151 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was taken, and after adding GB. 69.4528 g, it was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to dissolve. A polyacetate solution (PAE-3) was obtained. (Synthesis Example 8) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was set in a nitrogen atmosphere to put in - phenylenediamine 2_8118 Lu (26. 〇111111〇) 1), (8-5) 1.0964§ ( 2.89mmol), then add NM P 5 1.9 9 g, GB L 1 5 5.9 7 g, as base pyridine 5.1 6g (6 5.18m mol ), stir and dissolve Next, the diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 8.830 1 g (27.16 mmol) was added, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours under water cooling. 0.7532 g ( 8.32 mmol) of olefinic chloride was reacted for 30 minutes under water cooling. The obtained polyphthalate solution was poured into 9 〇 5 g of 2-propanol under stirring to filter out the precipitate which was precipitated, and then used. 448 g of 2-propanol was washed 5 times to obtain a polyphthalate resin powder after drying. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 15 62 3 and Mw = 30510. In a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, weighed The obtained polyphthalate resin powder-90-201200561 was 10.10 g at the end, and GBL 91.06 g was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-4). A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, and 2.7958 g (13.17 mmol) of 4,4'-ethylenediphenylamine, (2.35 g) (3.41 mmol), and NMP 35.40 were added. g, GBL 35.39g, and 2.87g (3 6.3 4mmol) as the base pyridine, and then stirred to dissolve. Secondly, the diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 4.9228g (15.14mmol) was added. The mixture was reacted for 4 hours under water cooling. After 4 hours, 35.40 g of NMP and 35-40 g of GBL were added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (20 ° C) for 15 minutes. The obtained solution of the polyglycolate was put into 78 6 g of water with stirring, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, and then washed once with 786 g of water, once with 786 g of ethanol, and washed with 197 g of ethanol. After 3 times, it was dried to obtain a white polyphthalate resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 16710 and Mw = 32,198. In a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, 4.7855 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was weighed, and GBL 32.0428 g was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-5). (Synthesis Example 1 〇) A 500 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere. After placing p-phenylenediamine 5.5027 g (50.88 mmol) and (Al) 1.052 1 g (4.43 mmol), NMP was added. 95.07 g, GBL 285.2 1 g, 9.87 g (124.7 mmol) of pyridine as a base 201200561, and stirred to dissolve. Next, this diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-CL 1 6.895 6g (5 1 · 9 7 m m ο 1 ) was added, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours under water cooling. After 4 hours, 1.4410 g (1.92 mmol) of propylene chloride was added, and the mixture was reacted for 30 minutes under water cooling. The obtained polyglycolate solution was poured into 165 g of 2-propanol under stirring, and the precipitate was precipitated by filtration, and then washed with 829 g of 2-propanol for 5 times, and dried to obtain a poly A phthalate resin powder. The polyglycolate has a molecular weight of Mn = 1 5623 and Mw = 305 1 0. Into a 200 ml Erlenmeyer flask, 12.8291 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was weighed, and GBL 115.4259 g was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-6). (Synthesis Example 1 1) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, and p-PDA 2.03 g (18.77 mmol) and (A-2) 1.2280 g (4.63 mmol) were placed, and then NMP was added. 1 67.80 g of 4.31 g (5 3.26 mmol) of pyridine as a base, and stirred to dissolve. Next, this diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 7.21 82 g (22.20 mmol) was added for 4 hours under water cooling. The obtained polyglycolate solution was poured into 885 g of water with stirring, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, followed by 'washing with 885 g of water once, 885 g of ethanol for 1 wash, and 220 g of ethanol for washing 3 Then, after drying, a white polyphthalate resin powder was obtained. The polyglycolate had a molecular weight of Mn = 14116 and Mw = 27044. In a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was weighed to 7.2601 g at the end of 92-201200561, and added to GBL 65.3489 g, and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution ( PAE-7). (Synthesis Example 1 2) A 500 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere to place (Al) 4.0093 g (1.689 mmol), and then NMP 156.7 g, and a base pyridine 3.20 g (40.42 mmol) were added. After that, it is stirred to dissolve. Next, this diamine solution was stirred, and U3DM-CBDE-C1 5.4798 g (16.85 mmol) was added, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours under water cooling. The obtained polyamidate solution was poured into 825 g of water with stirring, and the deposited precipitate was collected by filtration, and then washed once with 825 g of water, washed once with 825 g of ethanol, and washed with 20 Og of ethanol. Three times, after drying, a white polyphthalate resin powder was obtained. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Μη=17330, Mw=39781. In a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, 7.1 430 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was weighed, added to GBL 64.2906 g, and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. This was dissolved to obtain a polyamine solution (PAE-8). (Synthesis Example 1 3) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirrer was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, and p-phenylenediamine 2.0044 g (18.54 mmol) and 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane 1.6278 g were placed. ( 8.21 mmol), 48.15 g of NMP, 44.44 g of GBL 1 and 4.77 g (60.27 mmol) of pyridine as a base were further added, followed by stirring to dissolve. Next, the diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 -93-201200561 8.1678 g (25.12 mmol) was added, and the mixture was reacted for 4 hours under water cooling. The obtained polyglycolate solution was poured into 835 g of 2-propanol with stirring. 'The precipitate was precipitated by filtration, and then washed 5 times with 413 g of 2-propanol. After drying, polylysine was obtained. Ester resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Μη = 13 107 and Mw = 29407. In a 1000 ml Erlenmeyer flask, 9.7076 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was weighed and added to GBL 87.3683 g, and then stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE). -9 ). (Synthesis Example 1 4) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was set in a nitrogen atmosphere, and 4,4,-diaminodiphenylacetylene 2.003 (^(9.62111111〇1), 4,4'-two was placed. Aminodiphenylmethane 1.9063 g (9.62 mmol) was added to NMP 40.90 g of 'GBL 122.69 g, 3.43 g (43.79 mmol) as a base pyridine, and then stirred to dissolve. Next, the diamine solution was added while stirring. 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 5.93 60g (1 8.26mmol), reacted under water cooling for 4 hours. The obtained polyglycolate solution was added to 7〇6g of 2-propanol under stirring, and the precipitate was precipitated by filtration. Then, it was washed 5 times with 3 49 g of 2-propanol, and dried to obtain a polyphthalate resin powder having a molecular weight of Mn = 93 80 and Mw = 325 67. In 100 ml. In the Erlenmeyer flask, 8.23 8 5 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was weighed, and after adding GBL 74.1 5 3 7 g, it was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-10). -94-201200561 (Synthesis Example 1 5) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, and p-phenylenediamine 3.1 482 g (29.11 mmol) and (A-5) were placed. After adding 1.2270 g (3.23 mmol), NMP 59-66 g, GBL 178.98 g, and 5.77 g (72.94 mmol) of the base pyridine were added, and the mixture was stirred to dissolve. Next, the diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE- was added. CL 9.8861 g (30.41 mmol), reacted for 4 hours under water cooling. After 4 hours, 1.5885 g (9.31 mmol) of 4-methoxybenzimid chloride was added, and the reaction was carried out for 30 minutes under water cooling. The ester solution was poured into 1,040 g of 2-propanol under stirring, and the precipitate was separated by filtration, and then washed with 515 g of 2-propanol for 5 times, and dried to obtain a polyphthalate resin powder. The molecular weight of the glutamate was Μη = 16781, Mw = 32537. In a 200 ml Erlenmeyer flask, 10 to 20 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was weighed, and 91.80 g of GBL was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved. A polyamidate solution (PAE-11) was obtained. (Synthesis Example 16) In a 50 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid 6.087 § was taken. 40.01111111〇1), force into NMP 71.04g, and continue to send nitrogen to stir and dissolve. Next, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine 31.88§(16〇111111〇1), 〇8[124.3(^, which was continuously stirred and dissolved in nitrogen gas was added to dissolve it. This diamine solution was stirred. Add BDA 3 1.7 0g (160mmol), stir for 2 hours under water cooling. Next, add GBL 8 8.7 8g, stir for 10 minutes, then let the reaction solution continue to stir at -95-201200561, add pyromellitic acid The anhydride was 8.51 g (39.0 mmol), and further added with GBL to have a solid content concentration of 18% by mass, and stirred under water cooling for 24 hours. The obtained polyaminic acid solution had a viscosity of 2864 mPa·s at a temperature of 25 ° C. The molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn=14435, Mw=30525. Further, a 3-glycidoxypropylmethyl group diluted to 0.3% by mass in a mixed solvent of N/GBL ratio of 2/8 is added to the solution. 77.81 g of a solution of diethoxy decane to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-3). (Synthesis Example 7 7) In a 500 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, 3,5-two were weighed. 3.0402 g (19.98 mmol) of aminobenzoic acid, 17.3 g of NMP was added, and it was stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen gas. Secondly, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl was added. -N-methylamine 17.0801g (86_60mmol), GBL 86.87g, which was stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen gas. The diamine solution was added with BDA 17.1588g (80.10mmol) and stirred under water cooling for 2 hours. Next, after adding GBL 34.75g and stirring for 10 minutes, 'the reaction solution was further stirred, and 2.1 847 g (10.02 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride was added, and then the GBL was added to make the solid content concentration of 18% by mass. The mixture was stirred under water cooling for 24 hours. The obtained polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 534 mPa·s at a temperature of 25 ° C. Further, the molecular weight of the polylysine was Mn = 9287 ' Mw = 1 8073. Into, a solution of 38% by mass of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane diluted to a mass ratio of 1/9 of NMP/GBL was added to obtain 4 g of a solution of polyglycine (PAA-4). -96- 201200561 (Synthesis Example 18) In a 500 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid 4.5648 § (30_〇111111〇1) was taken. Add NMP 15.8g' to continue to feed nitrogen to stir to dissolve. Secondly, add m-phenylenediamine 2.1625g (20_0mmol), GBL 11.90g, Continuously feeding nitrogen, stirring to dissolve. This diamine solution was stirred, and bda 2.9736 g (15.01 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred under water cooling for 2 hours. Next, after adding GBL 23.68g 'stirring for 10 minutes', the reaction solution was added with 7.6308 g (34.99 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride under continuous stirring, and then adding GBL to make the solid content concentration up to 18% by mass, under water cooling. Stir for 24 hours. The viscosity of the obtained polyaminic acid solution at a temperature of 25 ° C is 2084 mPa. s», the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn = 19201, Mw = 52329 ^ In this solution, NMP / GBL ratio is added 17.3 g of a 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane solution diluted to a mass ratio of 2/8 to 0.3% by mass to obtain a polyamic acid solution (pAA_5) ^ (Synthetic Example 19)

於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之200mL四口燒瓶中, 加入 3,5 - 一 月女基本甲酸 8.2l76g ( 54.01mmol ) 、NMP 28.31g’於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。其次,加入 DA-7 8.7267g ( 36.02mmol) 、NMP 56.62g,於持續送入 氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加bda 12.4025g ( 62.60mmol) ’於水冷下攪拌2小時。其次,加 -97- 201200561 入GBL 28.30g,攪拌10分鐘後,再使反應溶液於持續攪拌 中,添加1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐6.0594g(25.01mmol) ,再加入NMP使固形分濃度達20質量%,於水冷下攪拌24 小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏度爲372mPa • s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn = 7517、Mw= 15376 ο 再於此溶液中,加入3 -環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.1 062g,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-6)。 (合成例20) 於附有搅拌裝置及氮氣導入管之lOOmL四口燒瓶中, 秤取3,5-二胺基苯甲酸3.6536经(24.011^111〇1),加入NMP 12.5 2g,於持續送入氮氣中搅拌使其溶解。其次,加入 DA-7 3.8765g ( 16.41mmol) 、GBL 25.02g,於持續送入 氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加BDA 5.5501g ( 28.01 mmol),於水冷下攪拌2小時。其次,加 入GBL 12.52g,攪拌10分鐘後,再使反應溶液於持續攪拌 中,添加苯均四酸二酐2.5736g( 11.8 mmol),再加入GBL 使固形分濃度達20質量%,於水冷下攪拌24小時。所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25 °C下之黏度爲1313 mPa· s。又,該 聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn = 7841、Mw= 15582。 再於此溶液中,加入以NMP/ GBL比爲2/ 8之混合溶 劑稀釋爲0.3質量%之3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷溶 -98- 201200561 液15.65g,得聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-7)。 (合成例2 1 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取3,5-二胺基苯甲酸2.44358(16.06111111〇1),加入1,3-二甲基-2-四氫咪唑酮25.2 Og,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其 溶解。其次,加入4,4’-二胺基二苯基胺4_7794g ( 23.99mmol) 、GB L 4 2.0 g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶 解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二 酐7_6070g ( 38_79mm、ol ),再添加G B L以使固形分濃度達 15質量%,於水冷下攪拌24小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於 溫度25°C下之黏度爲1 3 80mPa . s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子 量爲 Μη = 13275、Mw= 28956。 再加入3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷〇.〇445g,得 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-8)。 (實施例25 ) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例7所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-3 ) 7.2022g、合成例19所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-6 ) 5.520 1 g,力口入 NMP 2.9310g、GBL 29.3 534g,及BCA 5.0297g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0」859g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(V-1 ) ^ (固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP / GBL比 例:1 5 / 8 5 ) -99- 201200561 (比較例1 9 ) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪泮子,秤取合成例7所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-3 ) 7.2075g、合成例19所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-6 ) 5.5385g,加入 NMP 13.7383g、GBL 1 8.5640g,及BCA 4.9927g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.1 85 8g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(V-a)。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP / GBL比 例:40/ 60 ) (實施例26) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入搅拌子,秤取合成例9所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-5 ) 5.5452g、合成例18所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA.5 ) 6.7566g,加入 NMP 1.0141g、GBL 3 1.65 99g,及BCA 4.9937g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.1460g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(V-2 )。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP/ GBL比 例:5/ 95 ) 例 施 實 ✓fv 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例8所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-4 ) 7.2138g、合成例17所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-4 ) 6.632 1 g,加入 NMP 1.0482g、GBL 30.1 339g,及BCA 5.0290g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 -100- 201200561To a 200 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen gas introduction tube, 8.2 l 76 g (54.01 mmol) of a female base formic acid of 3,5 -1 month, and 28.31 g of NMP were added, and the mixture was continuously stirred with nitrogen to be dissolved. Next, DA-7 8.7267 g (36.02 mmol) and NMP 56.62 g were added, and the mixture was continuously stirred and supplied with nitrogen to dissolve. This diamine solution was stirred while stirring, and bda 12.4025 g (62.60 mmol) was added and stirred under water cooling for 2 hours. Next, add -97-201200561 into GBL 28.30g, stir for 10 minutes, then let the reaction solution continue to stir, add 6.0594g (25.01mmol) of 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, Further, NMP was added to have a solid content concentration of 20% by mass, and the mixture was stirred under water cooling for 24 hours. The resulting polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 372 mPa·s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn = 7517, Mw = 15376. Further, 0.1 062 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxy decane is added to the solution, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. , obtained a polyamine solution (PAA-6). (Synthesis Example 20) In a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid 3.6536 (24.011^111〇1) was weighed, and NMP 12.5 2 g was added thereto, and the mixture was continuously supplied. Stir in nitrogen to dissolve. Next, DA-7 3.8765 g (16.41 mmol) and GBL 25.02 g were added, and the mixture was continuously stirred and supplied with nitrogen to dissolve. This diamine solution was stirred, and BDA 5.5501 g ( 28.01 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred under water cooling for 2 hours. Next, after adding GBL 12.52g, stirring for 10 minutes, the reaction solution was further stirred, adding 2.5736 g (11. 8 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride, and adding GBL to make the solid content concentration up to 20% by mass, under water cooling. Stir for 24 hours. The obtained polyaminic acid solution had a viscosity of 1313 mPa·s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the polyamic acid was Mn = 7841 and Mw = 15582. Further, in this solution, a solution of 15.65 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane-98-201200561 diluted to 0.3% by mass with a mixed solvent of NMP/GBL ratio of 2/8 was obtained. Polylysine solution (PAA-7). (Synthesis Example 2 1 ) In a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid 2.44358 (16.06111111〇1) was weighed, and 1,3-dimethyl-2 was added thereto. - tetrahydroimidazolone 25.2 Og, which was stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen. Next, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine 4_7794 g (23.99 mmol) and GB L 4 2.0 g were added, and the mixture was continuously stirred and supplied with nitrogen to be dissolved. The diamine solution was stirred, and 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride 7_6070 g (38-79 mm, ol) was added, and then GBL was added to make the solid content concentration 15% by mass, and the mixture was stirred under water cooling. hour. The resulting polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 1 3 80 mPa·s at a temperature of 25 ° C. Further, the molecular weight of the polyamic acid was Μη = 13275 and Mw = 28956. Further, 445 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane ruthenium was added to obtain a polyamidonic acid solution (PAA-8). (Example 25) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 7.2022 g of the polyamidate solution (PAE-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 7 and a polyamidic acid solution (PAA-6) obtained in Synthesis Example 19 were weighed. 5.520 1 g, force into NMP 2.9310g, GBL 29.3 534g, and BCA 5.0297g, add Fmoc-His 0"859g of ruthenium promoter, stir using a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain liquid crystal alignment agent (V) -1 ) ^ (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 1 5 / 8 5 ) -99 - 201200561 (Comparative Example 19) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the synthesis example 7 was weighed. The obtained polyamidate solution (PAE-3) 7.2075 g, the polyaminic acid solution (PAA-6) obtained in Synthesis Example 95, 5.5385 g, and NMP 13.7383 g, GBL 1 8.5640 g, and BCA 4.9927 g were added. Fmoc-His 0.1 85 8 g of a ruthenium iodide promoter was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (Va). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 40/60) (Example 26) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamine solution obtained in Synthesis Example 9 was weighed (PAE-5). 5.5452g, polyamine acid solution (PAA.5) obtained in Synthesis Example 18, 6.7566g, added NMP 1.0141g, GBL 3 1.65 99g, and BCA 4.9937g, and added Fmoc-His 0.1460 of ruthenium promoter g, stirring using a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (V-2). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 5/95) Example of application ✓ fv A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamine solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8 was weighed (PAE-4). 7.2138g, polypyridic acid solution (PAA-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 17. 6.632 1 g, adding NMP 1.0482g, GBL 30.1 339g, and BCA 5.0290g, and adding hydrazine imidization accelerator -100- 201200561

Fmoc-His 0.1811g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(V-3 )。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP/ GBL比 例:5/ 95 ) (實施例2 8 ) 於10 0ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例12所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-8) 7.2162g、合成例20所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-7 ) 6.087 1 g,加入 NMP 5.463 1 g、GBL 26.2444g,及BCA 5.0040g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.151 0g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(V-4 ) » (固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP/ GBL比 例:15/ 95 ) (實施例29 ) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例3所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 ) 4.43 08g、合成例20所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-7 ) 4.8 860g,加入 NMP 7.8416g、GBL 18_8822g,及BCA 4.0082g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.1 3 47g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(V-5 )。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP/ GBL比 例:2 0 / 8 0 ) (實施例30) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例1{)所得 -101 - 201200561 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-6) 7.2170g、合成例17所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-4) 6.6319g,加入 NMP 1.0542g、GBL 30.1 1 56g,及BCA 5.0141g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.1 896g,使用磁性搅拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(V-6 )。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP / GBL比 例:5/ 95 ) (實施例3 1 ) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例13所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-9 ) 7.2141g、合成例18所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-5 ) 6.7968g,加入 NMP 1.0209g、GBL 3 0.1 03 0g,及BCA 5.0183g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.1 63 6g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(V-7)。(固形分濃度:3.6wt%、NMP/GBI^t: Μ 5/95) 例 施 實 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入搅拌子,秤取合成例8所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-4) 13.30g、合成例16所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-3) 12.26g,力口入 NMP 2.52g、GBL 62.49g ,及BCA 10.05g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之.Fmoc-His 0.3 4 6g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌3 0分鐘,得液晶配向劑(V-8)。(固形分濃度:3.3wt%、NMP/GBL比例:5/95) -102- 201200561 (實施例3 3 ) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例14所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 0 ) 7.2022g、合成例18所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-5 ) 6.78 99g,加入 NMP l_0185g、 GBL 30.1015g,及BCA 5.0143g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑 之Fmoc-His 0.1622g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液 晶配向劑(V-9)。(固形分濃度:3.6wt% 'NMP/GBL 比例:5/ 95 ) (實施例3 4 ) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例7所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-3) 1.9916g、合成例20所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-7 ) 1.6669g,加入 NMP 1.2121g、GBL 2_0042g ’及BCS 1.6075g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.0698g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(VI-1 )。(固形分濃度:6_0wt%、NMP/ GBL比 例:2 5 / 7 5 ) (實施例3 5 ) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例η所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(ΡΑΕ-7 ) 1.93 93 g、合成例1 6所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-3 ) 1.7745 g,加入 NMP 0_2977g、GBL 2.4057g,及BCS 1.6293g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.0819g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 -103- 201200561 配向劑(VI-2 )。(固形分濃度:6.0wt%、NMP/ GBL比 例:10/ 90) (實施例3 6 ) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例8所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-4) 1.9957g、合成例16所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-3 ) 1.7908g,加入 NMP 0.3158g、GBL 2.4442g,及BCS 1.6242g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.0653g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(VI-3 )。(固形分濃度:6_0wt%、NMP/ GBL比 例:5/ 95 ) (實施例3 7 ) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例12所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-8 ) 1.95 20g、合成例19所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-6) 1.4775g,加入 NMP 0.5335g、GBL 2.4708g,及BCS 1.6135g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.05 70g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(VI-4)。(固形分濃度:6_0wt%、NMP/GBL&amp; 例:2 5 / 7 5 ) (實施例3 8 ) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例13所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-9 ) 1.9500g、合成例21所得之聚 -104- 201200561 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-8) 1.9556g,加入1,3-二甲基-2-四氫咪 唑酮(以下簡稱爲 DMI) 0.0996g、GBL 2.4600g,及 BCS 1.6048g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之Fmoc-His 0.0617g,使 用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(VI-5)。(固 形分濃度:6.0wt%、DMI/GBL比例:10/90) (實施例3 9 ) 於100ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例15所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-11 ) 3.6113g、合成例19所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-6 ) 2.7746g,加入 NMP 0.5025g、 GBL 5.96 8 g,及BCS 2.9958g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.1 223g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(VI-6)。(固形分濃度:6.0wt%、NMP/GBI^t 例:20/ 80 ) (比較例20 )Fmoc-His 0.1811 g was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (V-3). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 5/95) (Example 2 8) A stirrer was placed in a 10 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyphthalate solution (PAE) obtained in Synthesis Example 12 was weighed. -8) 7.2162g, polyamic acid solution (PAA-7) obtained in Synthesis Example 20. 6.087 1 g, NMP 5.463 1 g, GBL 26.2444 g, and BCA 5.0040 g, and Fmoc added with ruthenium promoter -His 0.151 0g, stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (V-4) » (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 15/95) (Example 29) in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask The stirrer was placed, and the polyphthalate solution (PAE-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 3 was weighed 4.43 08 g, and the polyaminic acid solution (PAA-7) obtained in Synthesis Example 20 was 4.8 860 g, and NMP 7.8416 g, GBL was added. 18_8822g, and BCA 4.0082g, Fmoc-His 0.1 3 47g of a ruthenium iodide promoter was further added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (V-5). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 2 0 / 8 0 ) (Example 30) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the mixture of -101 - 201200561 obtained in Synthesis Example 1 {) was weighed. Amino acid ester solution (PAE-6) 7.2170 g, Polyamide acid solution (PAA-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 17 6.6319 g, NMP 1.0542 g, GBL 30.1 1 56 g, and BCA 5.0141 g were added, and ruthenium was added. Fmoc-His 0.1 896 g of a chemical accelerator was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (V-6). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP / GBL ratio: 5/95) (Example 3 1 ) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamine solution obtained in Synthesis Example 13 was weighed (PAE- 9) 7.2141g, polyamine acid solution (PAA-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 18, 6.7968g, adding NMP 1.0209g, GBL 3 0.1 03 0g, and BCA 5.0183g, and adding Fmoc- of the ruthenium promoter His 0.1 63 6 g was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (V-7). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt%, NMP/GBI^t: Μ 5/95) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamine solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8 was weighed (PAE-4). 13.30g, 12.26g of polylysine solution (PAA-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 16 was added to NMP 2.52g, GBL 62.49g, and BCA 10.05g, and then added with ruthenium promoter. Fmoc- His 0.3 4 6 g was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (V-8). (solid content concentration: 3.3 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 5/95) -102-201200561 (Example 3 3) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamidate obtained in Synthesis Example 14 was weighed. Solution (PAE-1 0 ) 7.2022 g, polylysine solution (PAA-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 18. 6.78 99 g, NMP l_0185 g, GBL 30.1015 g, and BCA 5.0143 g were added, followed by addition of a ruthenium promoter. Fmoc-His 0.1622g was stirred using a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (V-9). (solid content concentration: 3.6 wt% 'NMP/GBL ratio: 5/95) (Example 3 4) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamidate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 7 was weighed (PAE- 3) 1.9916g, polyglycine solution (PAA-7) obtained in Synthesis Example 16: 1.6669g, adding NMP 1.2121g, GBL 2_0042g ' and BCS 1.6075g, and adding Fmoc-His 0.0698g of ruthenium promoter The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (VI-1). (solid content concentration: 6_0 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 2 5 / 7 5 ) (Example 3 5 ) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamidate solution obtained in Synthesis Example η was weighed (ΡΑΕ -7 ) 1.93 93 g, the polylysine solution (PAA-3 ) obtained in Synthesis Example 1 was 1.7745 g, and NMP 0_2977g, GBL 2.4057g, and BCS 1.6293g were added, and Fmoc- of the ruthenium promoter was added. His 0.0819 g was stirred using a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal-103-201200561 alignment agent (VI-2). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 10/90) (Example 3 6) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamine solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8 was weighed (PAE- 4) 1.9957g, lysine solution (PAA-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 16 1.7908g, adding NMP 0.3158g, GBL 2.4442g, and BCS 1.6242g, and adding Fmoc-His 0.0653 of ruthenium promoter g, stirring using a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (VI-3). (solid content concentration: 6-% by weight, NMP/GBL ratio: 5/95) (Example 3 7) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyphthalate solution (PAE-8) obtained in Synthesis Example 12 was weighed. 1.95 20g, polyacetamide solution (PAA-6) 1.4775g obtained in Synthesis Example 19, adding NMP 0.5335g, GBL 2.4708g, and BCS 1.6135g, and adding Fmoc-His 0.05 70g of ruthenium promoter The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (VI-4). (solid content concentration: 6_0 wt%, NMP/GBL &amp; Example: 2 5 / 7 5 ) (Example 3 8 ) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamidate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 13 was weighed ( PAE-9) 1.9500 g, poly-104-201200561 proline acid solution (PAA-8) obtained in Synthesis Example 21, 1.9556 g, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-tetrahydroimidazolidone (hereinafter referred to as DMI) was added. 0.0996 g, GBL 2.4600 g, and BCS 1.6048 g, followed by addition of Fmoc-His 0.0617 g of a ruthenium iodide promoter, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (VI-5). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, DMI/GBL ratio: 10/90) (Example 3 9) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamidate solution obtained in Synthesis Example 15 was weighed (PAE- 11) 3.6113g, 2.7746g of polyaminic acid solution (PAA-6) obtained in Synthesis Example 19, adding NMP 0.5025g, GBL 5.96 8 g, and BCS 2.9958g, and adding Fmoc-His of ruthenium promoter 0.1 223 g, stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (VI-6). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, NMP/GBI^t Example: 20/80) (Comparative Example 20)

於10 0ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例7所得之 聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-3 ) 1.9418g、合成例20所得之聚醯 胺酸溶液(PAA-7) 1.6452g’ 力口入 NMP 2.1092g、GBL 0.7577g,及BCS 1.6097g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.0725g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(VI-a)。(固形分濃度:6.0wt%、NMP/GBL比 例:4 0 / 6 0 ) -105- 201200561 (比較例2 1 ) 於100 ml三角燒瓶中置入攪拌子,秤取合成例13所得 之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-9 ) 1.9606g、合成例21所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液(PAA-8 ) 1.9393g’ 加入 DMI 1.8650g、GBL 0.6754g,及BCS 1.6059g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之 Fmoc-His 0.06 18g,使用磁性攬拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶 配向劑(VI-b )。(固形分濃度:6.0wt%、DMI / GBL比 例:40/ 60 ) (實施例40) 將實施例25所得之液晶配向劑(V-1)以Ι.Ομιη之過濾 器過濾後,將該該液晶配向劑以噴墨塗佈之方式塗佈於附 有ΙΤΟ透明電極之玻璃基板上。所得之塗膜於溫度80 °C之 熱壓板上乾燥5分鐘,溫度230 °C之熱風循環式烘箱燒焙20 分鐘,形成膜厚130nm之塗膜。使用原子力顯微鏡(AFM )觀察該塗膜之膜表面,測定膜表面之中心線的平均粗度 (Ra),以評估膜表面之平坦性。結果係如後述表4所示 (實施例41〜45及比較例22 ) 除分別使用上述實施例27〜3 1、比較例1 9所得之各個 液晶配向劑以外,其他皆依實施例40相同之方法形成各個 塗膜。使用AFM觀察各塗膜之膜表面。又,並測定各塗膜 之中心線的平均粗度(Ra )。該些之測定結果係如後述表 -106- 201200561 4所示。 [表4] 液晶配向劑 聚飾 (質量比例) NMP/GBL 償量比例) 中心線平均粗度 [nm] 實施例40 V— 1 PAE-3(40)/PAA-6(60) 5/95 1.27 實施例41 V—3 PAE-4(40)/PAA-4(60) 5/95 1.30 實施例42 V一4 PAE-8(40)/PAA-7(60) 15/85 0. 23 實施例43 V-5 PAE-l(40)/PAA-7(60) 20/80 0. 53 實施例44 V-6 PAE-6(40)/PAA-4(6〇) 5/95 0,39 實施例45 V-7 PAE-9(40)/PM-5(60) 5/95 0·57 比較例22 V—a PAE-3(40)/PAA-6(60) 40/60 7.62 (實施例46 ) 將實施例34所得之液晶配向劑(VI-1)以Ι.Ομιη之過 濾器過濾後,將該液晶配向劑以凸版印刷塗佈於附有ΙΤΟ 透明電極之玻璃基板上。所得之塗膜於溫度80°C之熱壓板 上乾燥5分鐘,以溫度230°C之熱風循環式烘箱燒焙20分鐘 ,形成膜厚13〇nm之塗膜。使用原子力顯微鏡(AFM)觀 察該塗膜之膜表面,測定膜表面之中心線的平均粗度(Ra ),以評估膜表面之平坦性。結果係如後述表5所示。 (實施例46〜49及比較例23 ) 除分別使用上述實施例35〜37、比較例20所得之各個 液晶配向劑以外,其他皆依實施例46相同之方法形成各個 塗膜。使用AFM觀察各塗膜之膜表面。又,並測定各塗膜 之中心線的平均粗度(Ra )。該些之測定結果係如後述表 5所示。 -107- 201200561 [表5] 液晶配向劑 聚合物 (質量比例) NMP/GBL 比 價fi比例) 中心線平均粗度 [nm] 實施例46 V I —1 PAE-3(40)/PAA-7(60) 25/75 0.75 實施例47 V I -2 PAE-7(40)/PAA-3(60) 10/90 0.91 實施例48 V I -3 PAE-4(40)/PAA-3(60) 5/95 0. 57 實施例49 V I -4 PAE-8(40)/PAA-6(60) 25/75 0. 72 比較例23 V I -a PAE-3(40)/PAA-7(60) 40/60 3. 10 (實施例50及比較例24 ) 除分別使用上述實施例3 8及比較例2 1所得之各個液晶 配向劑以外,其他皆依實施例46相同之方法形成各個塗膜 。使用AFM觀察各塗膜之膜表面。又,並測定各塗膜之中 心線的平均粗度(Ra )。該些之測定結果係如後述表6所 不 。 [表6] 液晶配向劑 聚合物 (質量比例) NMP/GBL 比 (質量比例) 中心線平均粗度 [nm] 實施例50 V I -5 PAE-9(40)/PAA-8(60) 10/90 1· 16 比較例24 V I —b PAE-9(40)/PAA-8(60) 40/60 3.10 〔產業上利用性〕 本發明之液晶配向劑,可降低所製得之液晶配向膜的 表面之微細凹凸、降低因交流驅動所造成之殘影等而改善 液晶與液晶配向膜之界面特性,且亦可改善電壓保持率、 離子密度,及直流電壓之殘留等之電氣特性。其結果,可 使本發明廣泛地使用於TN元件、STN元件、TFT液晶元件 ,甚至垂直配向型之液晶顯示元件等。 -108-A stirrer was placed in a 10 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 1.9418 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 7 and a polyamidic acid solution (PAA-7) 1.6452 g obtained in Synthesis Example 20 were weighed. NMP 2.1092g, GBL 0.7577g, and BCS 1.6097g were added to the mixture, and then 0.0725 g of Fmoc-His of hydrazine imidization accelerator was added, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (VI-a). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, NMP/GBL ratio: 4 0 / 60) -105 - 201200561 (Comparative Example 2 1 ) A stirrer was placed in a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polycondensate obtained in Synthesis Example 13 was weighed. Amino acid ester solution (PAE-9) 1.9606 g, polylysine solution (PAA-8) obtained in Synthesis Example 21 1.9393 g' Add DMI 1.8650 g, GBL 0.6754 g, and BCS 1.6059 g, and add ruthenium iodide The promoter Fmoc-His 0.06 18g was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (VI-b). (solid content concentration: 6.0 wt%, DMI / GBL ratio: 40/60) (Example 40) After filtering the liquid crystal alignment agent (V-1) obtained in Example 25 as a filter of Ι.Ομηη, The liquid crystal alignment agent was applied by inkjet coating onto a glass substrate with a transparent electrode. The obtained coating film was dried on a hot plate at a temperature of 80 ° C for 5 minutes, and baked in a hot air circulating oven at a temperature of 230 ° C for 20 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 130 nm. The surface of the film of the coating film was observed using an atomic force microscope (AFM), and the average thickness (Ra) of the center line of the film surface was measured to evaluate the flatness of the film surface. The results are shown in Table 4 below (Examples 41 to 45 and Comparative Example 22) except that each of the liquid crystal alignment agents obtained in the above Examples 27 to 31 and Comparative Example 19 was used, and the same was carried out in the same manner as in Example 40. The method forms individual coating films. The film surface of each coating film was observed using AFM. Further, the average thickness (Ra ) of the center line of each coating film was measured. The measurement results are shown in Table -106 - 201200561 4 which will be described later. [Table 4] Liquid crystal alignment agent aggregation (mass ratio) NMP/GBL compensation ratio) Center line average roughness [nm] Example 40 V-1 PAE-3(40)/PAA-6(60) 5/95 1.27 Example 41 V-3 PAE-4(40)/PAA-4(60) 5/95 1.30 Example 42 V-4 PAE-8(40)/PAA-7(60) 15/85 0. 23 Implementation Example 43 V-5 PAE-1 (40) / PAA-7 (60) 20/80 0. 53 Example 44 V-6 PAE-6 (40) / PAA-4 (6 〇) 5 / 95 0, 39 Example 45 V-7 PAE-9(40)/PM-5(60) 5/95 0·57 Comparative Example 22 V-a PAE-3(40)/PAA-6(60) 40/60 7.62 (implementation Example 46) After the liquid crystal alignment agent (VI-1) obtained in Example 34 was filtered through a filter of Ι. Ομηη, the liquid crystal alignment agent was applied by letterpress printing onto a glass substrate with a ΙΤΟ transparent electrode. The obtained coating film was dried on a hot plate at a temperature of 80 ° C for 5 minutes, and baked in a hot air circulating oven at a temperature of 230 ° C for 20 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 13 〇 nm. The surface of the film of the coating film was observed using an atomic force microscope (AFM), and the average thickness (Ra) of the center line of the film surface was measured to evaluate the flatness of the film surface. The results are shown in Table 5 below. (Examples 46 to 49 and Comparative Example 23) Each of the coating films was formed in the same manner as in Example 46 except that each of the liquid crystal alignment agents obtained in the above Examples 35 to 37 and Comparative Example 20 was used. The film surface of each coating film was observed using AFM. Further, the average thickness (Ra ) of the center line of each coating film was measured. The measurement results are shown in Table 5 below. -107- 201200561 [Table 5] Liquid crystal alignment agent polymer (mass ratio) NMP/GBL ratio fi ratio) Center line average roughness [nm] Example 46 VI-1 PAE-3(40)/PAA-7 (60 25/75 0.75 Example 47 VI -2 PAE-7 (40) / PAA-3 (60) 10 / 90 0.91 Example 48 VI -3 PAE-4 (40) / PAA-3 (60) 5 / 95 0. 57 Example 49 VI -4 PAE-8(40)/PAA-6(60) 25/75 0. 72 Comparative Example 23 VI -a PAE-3(40)/PAA-7(60) 40/60 3. 10 (Example 50 and Comparative Example 24) Each of the coating films was formed in the same manner as in Example 46 except that each of the liquid crystal alignment agents obtained in the above Example 38 and Comparative Example 2 was used. The film surface of each coating film was observed using AFM. Further, the average thickness (Ra ) of the center line of each coating film was measured. The measurement results of these are as shown in Table 6 below. [Table 6] Liquid crystal alignment agent polymer (mass ratio) NMP/GBL ratio (mass ratio) Center line average roughness [nm] Example 50 VI -5 PAE-9(40)/PAA-8(60) 10/ 90 1· 16 Comparative Example 24 VI—b PAE-9(40)/PAA-8(60) 40/60 3.10 [Industrial Applicability] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can reduce the obtained liquid crystal alignment film. The fine concavities and convexities on the surface are reduced, and the interfacial properties caused by the AC drive are reduced to improve the interface characteristics between the liquid crystal and the liquid crystal alignment film, and the electrical characteristics such as the voltage holding ratio, the ion density, and the residual voltage of the DC voltage can be improved. As a result, the present invention can be widely applied to TN elements, STN elements, TFT liquid crystal elements, and even vertical alignment type liquid crystal display elements. -108-

Claims (1)

201200561 七、申請專利範圍: 1·—種液晶配向劑’其特徵爲’含有下述(A)成分 、(B )成分,及(C )成分之液晶配向劑’ (A)成分:由於全四羧酸二烷酯衍生物中含有6〇mol %以上之下述式(1)所表示之四羧酸二烷酯衍生物之四 羧酸二烷酯衍生物,與含有由下述式(2)〜(5)所表示 之二胺所成群所選出之至少1個之二胺的二胺所得之聚醯 胺酸酯; [化1] 〇 〇 ^r/-〇Rl r2 (1) RtO201200561 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent characterized by 'liquid crystal alignment agent containing the following (A) component, (B) component, and (C) component' (A) component: due to all four The dicarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative contains 6 mol% or more of a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative of a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester derivative represented by the following formula (1), and contains a formula (2) a polyglycolate obtained from a diamine of at least one diamine selected from the group consisting of the diamines represented by the group (5); [Chemical Formula 1] 〇〇^r/-〇Rl r2 (1) RtO (式(1)中,Rl爲碳數1〜5之烷基,R2爲羥基,或 氯原子) [化2](In the formula (1), R1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R2 is a hydroxyl group or a chlorine atom) [Chemical 2] [化3][Chemical 3] 201200561 (式(2 )〜(5 )中,A,爲單鍵、酯鍵結、醯胺鍵結 、硫酯鍵結,或碳數2〜1〇之2價之有機基’八2爲_素原子 、羥基、胺基、硫醇基、硝基、磷酸基’或碳數1〜20之1 價之有機基,a爲1〜4之整數’ a爲2以上之情形’ A2之構 造可爲相同或相異); (B)成分:四羧酸二酐與二胺所得之聚醯胺酸; (c)成分:含有由r-丁內酯及其衍生物所成群所選 出之至少1種之有機溶劑(C1) ’與由N -甲基-2-吡咯啶酮 、1,3-二甲基-2-四氫咪唑酮,及該些之衍生物所成群所選 出之至少1種之有機溶劑(C2 ),且有機溶劑(C2 )之含 量,相對於有機溶劑(C1)與有機溶劑(C2)之合計量, 爲2質量%〜30質量%之混合溶劑。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項之液晶配向劑,其中,上述 (A)成分與(B)成分之含有比例,於質量比(A/B) 爲1/9〜9/1,(C)成分之含量相對於(A)成分、(B )成分,及(C)成分之合計量,爲70質量%以上。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1或2項之液晶配向劑,其中,( A)成分爲使用含有相對於全二胺爲40〜100莫耳%之上述 式(2)〜式(5)所表示之二胺所成群所選出之至少1種 之二胺的二胺所得之聚醯胺酸酯。 4 ·如申請專利範圍第1〜3項中任一項之液晶配向劑, 其中’ (A)成分爲使用含有由式(2)所表示之二胺及式 (3)所表示之二胺所成群所選出之至少1種之二胺,與含 有由式(4)所表不之二胺及式(5)所表示之二胺所成群 -110- 201200561 所選出之至少1種之二胺的二胺,所得之二胺所得之聚醯 胺酸酯。 5 ·如申請專利範圍第1〜4項中任一項之液晶配向劑, 其中’ (A)成分爲使用由式(2)所表示之二胺,與含有 由式(4)所表示之二胺所成群所選出之至少1種之二胺的 二胺所得之聚醯胺酸酯。 6. 如申請專利範圍第1〜5項中任一項之液晶配向劑, 其中’上述式(4 )之人2爲下述式(6)所表示之構造, [化4] —A3-R3 ⑹ (式(6)中之A3爲單鍵、-〇-、-s-、-NR-3-、酯鍵結 、醯胺鍵結、硫酯鍵結、脲鍵結、碳酸酯鍵結,或胺基甲 酸酯鍵結;R3爲由可具有取代基之碳數1〜10之烷基、烯 基'炔基、芳基,及該些組合所得之基所選出,該些基可 具有取代基;ίΤ3爲由氫原子,或烷基、烯基、炔基、芳 基’及該些組合所得之基所選出,該些基可具有取代基) 〇 7. 如申請專利範圍第1〜6項中任一項之液晶配向劑, 其中,(Α)成分爲使用含有由下述式(Α-1)〜(Α-5) 之二胺所成群所選出之至少1種之二胺的二胺所得之聚醯 胺酸酯, -111 - 201200561 [化5]201200561 (In the formulas (2) to (5), A is a single bond, an ester bond, a guanamine bond, a thioester bond, or a two-valent organic group having a carbon number of 2 to 1 '. Atom, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a thiol group, a nitro group, a phosphoric acid group or an organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, a is an integer of 1 to 4 'a is 2 or more'. The structure of A2 can be (B) component: polyamic acid obtained from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine; (c) component: containing at least selected from the group consisting of r-butyrolactone and its derivatives One type of organic solvent (C1)' and at least selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-tetrahydroimidazolidone, and derivatives thereof The organic solvent (C2) and the organic solvent (C2) are a mixed solvent of 2% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the organic solvent (C1) and the organic solvent (C2). 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 1, wherein the ratio of the component (A) to the component (B) is 1/9 to 9/1 by mass ratio (A/B), (C) The content of the component is 70% by mass or more based on the total amount of the component (A), the component (B), and the component (C). 3. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the component (A) is represented by the above formula (2) to formula (5) containing 40 to 100 mol% relative to the total diamine. A polyphthalate obtained from a diamine of at least one diamine selected from the group consisting of diamines. 4. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein '(A) component is a diamine represented by the formula (2) and a diamine represented by the formula (3) At least one of the diamines selected in the group and at least one selected from the group consisting of the diamine represented by the formula (4) and the diamine represented by the formula (5) -110-201200561 The amine diamine, the polyamine obtained from the obtained diamine. The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of Claims 1 to 4, wherein the '(A) component is a diamine represented by the formula (2), and the second is represented by the formula (4) A polyglycolate obtained from a diamine of at least one diamine selected from a group of amines. 6. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the person 2 of the above formula (4) is a structure represented by the following formula (6), [Chem. 4] - A3-R3 (6) (A3 in the formula (6) is a single bond, -〇-, -s-, -NR-3-, an ester bond, a guanamine bond, a thioester bond, a urea bond, a carbonate bond, Or a urethane linkage; R3 is selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl 'alkynyl group, an aryl group, and a combination thereof, which may have a substituent, and the groups may have a substituent; Τ 3 is selected from a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, and a combination thereof, and the groups may have a substituent) 〇7. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the items 6, wherein the (Α) component is at least one selected from the group consisting of diamines of the following formula (Α-1) to (Α-5); Polyamine obtained from diamine, -111 - 201200561 [Chemical 5] 8. 如申請專利範圍第7項之液晶配向劑,其中,(A) 成分爲使用含有上述式(2)之二胺,與含有由上述式( A-1 )〜(A-5 )所成群所選出之至少丨種之二胺,所得之 二胺所得之聚醯胺酸酯。 9. 如申請專利範圍第1〜8項中任一項之液晶配向劑, 其中’ (B)成分爲使用含有由下述式(B-1)〜(B-9) 之四翔酸二酐所成群所選出之至少1種的四羧酸二酐所得 之聚醯胺酸, -112- 201200561 [化6]8. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 7, wherein the component (A) is a diamine containing the above formula (2) and is contained by the above formula (A-1) to (A-5) The polyamine obtained from the diamine selected from the group, and the polyamine obtained from the obtained diamine. 9. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the component (B) is a tetrahydro acid dianhydride containing the following formula (B-1) to (B-9); Polylysine obtained by grouping at least one selected tetracarboxylic dianhydride, -112- 201200561 [Chem. 6] (B-2) Ο Ο(B-2) Ο Ο 1 0.如申請專利範圍第1〜9項中任一項之液晶配向劑 ,其中,(Β)成分爲,由相對於全四羧酸二酐具有20莫 耳%以上之上述式(Β-1 )〜式(Β-9 )所選出之至少1種 的四羧酸二酐之四羧酸二酐,與二胺所得之聚醯胺酸。 1 1 ·如申請專利範圍第1〜1 0項中任一項之液晶配向劑 ,其中,(Β)成分爲使用含有由下述式(Β-10)〜式( Β-13 )所選出之至少1種的二胺所得之聚醯胺酸, -113- 201200561 [化7] H2NThe liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of Claims 1 to 9, wherein the (Β) component is 20 mol% or more of the above formula with respect to the total tetracarboxylic dianhydride (Β- 1) a tetracarboxylic dianhydride of at least one selected tetracarboxylic dianhydride of the formula (Β-9), and a polyamic acid obtained from the diamine. The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of Claims 1 to 10, wherein the (Β) component is selected and contains a formula selected from the following formula (Β-10)~式(Β-13) Polylysine obtained from at least one diamine, -113- 201200561 [Chemical 7] H2N (B-10) co2h(B-10) co2h η2νύ、nh2 (B-12)Η2νύ, nh2 (B-12) 1 2 .如申請專利範圍第1 1項之液晶配向劑,其中,(B )成分爲使用含有相對於全二胺爲20莫耳%以上之由上述 式(B-10 )〜(B-13 )所選出之至少1種之二胺的二胺所 得之聚醯胺酸》 13. 如申請專利範圍第1〜12項中任一項之液晶配向劑 ’其中,(C)成分之有機溶劑(C1)爲r-丁內酯,有機 溶劑(C2 )爲N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。 14. 如申請專利範圍第1〜13項中任一項之液晶配向劑 ’其中’ (C)成分爲r-丁內酯與N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮之 混合溶劑、(C)成分之含量相對於(A)成分、(B)成 分’及(C)成分之合計量爲8〇質量%以上。 15. —種液晶配向膜,其特徵爲,將如申請專利範圍 第1〜1 4項中任一項之液晶配向劑塗佈、燒焙而得, 1 6 ·—種液晶配向膜,其特徵爲,將如申請專利範圍 第1〜1 4項中任一項之液晶配向劑塗佈、燒焙,再照射偏 光之紫外線而得。 -114- 201200561 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明:無 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學 式:無1 2 . The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 11, wherein the component (B) is used in an amount of 20 mol% or more relative to the total diamine, and the above formula (B-10) to (B-13) The poly-proline acid obtained by the diamine of at least one of the selected diamines. The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of the above-mentioned claims 1 to 12, wherein the organic solvent of the component (C) C1) is r-butyrolactone, and the organic solvent (C2) is N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. 14. The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of claims 1 to 13 wherein the component (C) is a mixed solvent of r-butyrolactone and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, (C) The content of the component is 8% by mass or more based on the total amount of the component (A) and the component (B) and the component (C). A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by coating and baking a liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the liquid crystal alignment film is characterized by a liquid crystal alignment film. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the first to fourth aspects of the invention is applied, baked, and irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays. -114- 201200561 IV. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: None (2) The symbol of the symbol of the representative figure is simple: No. 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention. :no
TW100108729A 2010-03-15 2011-03-15 Polyamide liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal alignment film using the same TWI504676B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010058558 2010-03-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201200561A true TW201200561A (en) 2012-01-01
TWI504676B TWI504676B (en) 2015-10-21

Family

ID=44649165

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100108729A TWI504676B (en) 2010-03-15 2011-03-15 Polyamide liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal alignment film using the same

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5761174B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101818787B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102893207B (en)
TW (1) TWI504676B (en)
WO (1) WO2011115080A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI555777B (en) * 2012-06-29 2016-11-01 Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid alignment agent for liquid alignment, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing the same, liquid crystal display device, compound, and polymer
TWI633375B (en) * 2014-03-24 2018-08-21 日商Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and method for manufacturing the same, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and method for manufacturing the same, polymer and compound
TWI699400B (en) * 2015-02-12 2020-07-21 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013054858A1 (en) * 2011-10-12 2013-04-18 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6179076B2 (en) * 2011-10-13 2017-08-16 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP5929566B2 (en) * 2011-11-16 2016-06-08 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5939614B2 (en) * 2012-02-01 2016-06-22 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
KR102159410B1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2020-09-23 제이엔씨 주식회사 Liquid crystal aligning agents and liquid crystal display devices
JP6372009B2 (en) 2013-03-25 2018-08-15 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2015012316A1 (en) * 2013-07-24 2015-01-29 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal aligning film using same
JP6315193B2 (en) * 2013-10-03 2018-04-25 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP6582988B2 (en) * 2013-10-23 2019-10-02 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment element
TWI525130B (en) * 2013-12-23 2016-03-11 奇美實業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element having thereof
WO2015119168A1 (en) * 2014-02-05 2015-08-13 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid-crystal-aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same
KR20150109004A (en) 2014-03-18 2015-10-01 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Liquid crystal photo alignment agent, liquid crystal display device including the same and method of manufacturing the same
JP2016173544A (en) * 2015-03-18 2016-09-29 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method for the same, and liquid crystal alignment agent
CN105199748B (en) * 2015-09-29 2017-10-17 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 A kind of alignment film, preparation method and its liquid crystal panel
JP6174194B2 (en) * 2016-05-12 2017-08-02 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
KR102619748B1 (en) * 2017-03-31 2023-12-29 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
JP2021103250A (en) * 2019-12-25 2021-07-15 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Varnish for optical alignment film and method for manufacturing optical alignment film
CN112457867B (en) * 2020-12-15 2021-08-03 深圳清荷科技有限公司 Liquid crystal film material, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and preparation method thereof, and liquid crystal display element
CN114058384A (en) * 2021-11-26 2022-02-18 深圳市道尔顿电子材料有限公司 Polyimide photo-alignment agent solution and preparation method thereof, photo-alignment film and liquid crystal box
CN114479077B (en) * 2022-01-19 2024-03-29 波米科技有限公司 Polyamic acid ester and application thereof in liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal unit
CN118005923B (en) * 2024-04-10 2024-06-18 浙江奥首材料科技有限公司 Polyamic acid ester varnish for flexible OLED display panel and preparation method thereof

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0683417A1 (en) * 1994-05-17 1995-11-22 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Liquid crystal device and liquid crystal apparatus
JP3521589B2 (en) * 1995-12-22 2004-04-19 Jsr株式会社 Polyimide block copolymer, method for producing the same, and liquid crystal alignment film
JP4203101B2 (en) * 1996-03-14 2008-12-24 株式会社東芝 Polyimide precursor composition, method for forming polyimide film, electronic component and liquid crystal element
JPH11335461A (en) * 1998-05-27 1999-12-07 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Liquid crystal orienting agent
JP4467138B2 (en) * 1999-05-17 2010-05-26 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
JP2007058017A (en) 2005-08-26 2007-03-08 Asahi Kasei Electronics Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition
CN101679633B (en) * 2007-06-15 2012-09-19 日产化学工业株式会社 Resin composition for forming heat-cured film
CN101373296B (en) * 2007-08-24 2012-07-04 株式会社日立显示器 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same
WO2009154208A1 (en) * 2008-06-17 2009-12-23 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid-crystal alignment material, liquid-crystal display element employing same, and novel diamine

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI555777B (en) * 2012-06-29 2016-11-01 Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid alignment agent for liquid alignment, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing the same, liquid crystal display device, compound, and polymer
TWI633375B (en) * 2014-03-24 2018-08-21 日商Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and method for manufacturing the same, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and method for manufacturing the same, polymer and compound
TWI699400B (en) * 2015-02-12 2020-07-21 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2011115080A1 (en) 2013-06-27
KR20130038244A (en) 2013-04-17
TWI504676B (en) 2015-10-21
WO2011115080A1 (en) 2011-09-22
KR101818787B1 (en) 2018-01-15
CN102893207A (en) 2013-01-23
JP5761174B2 (en) 2015-08-12
CN102893207B (en) 2015-05-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201200561A (en) Polyamic acid ester liquid crystal alignment agent, and liquid crystal alignment film using same
TWI501998B (en) A liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polyamic acid ester, and a liquid crystal alignment film
TWI568773B (en) A liquid crystal aligning agent containing a terminal-modified polyamic acid ester, and a liquid crystal alignment film
TWI515227B (en) A liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polyamic acid ester and a polyamic acid, and a liquid crystal alignment film
TWI656173B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI540154B (en) A liquid crystal alignment agent for a light alignment treatment, and a liquid crystal alignment film using the same
JP5062109B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN103562783B (en) Aligning agent for liquid crystal and use the liquid crystal orientation film of this aligning agent for liquid crystal
TW201016751A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment layer and liquid crystal display device
TWI637027B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2005105892A1 (en) Liquid-crystal aligning agent, liquid-crystal alignment film comprising the same, and liquid-crystal element
CN103282824B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal alignment film
CN102067024A (en) Liquid-crystal alignment material, liquid-crystal display element employing same, and novel diamine
TW201604237A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamic acid ester-polyamic acid compolymer, and liquid crystal alignment film using same
TW201100463A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
TW201339203A (en) Liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN104380188B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display element
WO2000061684A1 (en) Varnish composition and liquid-crystal display element
JP4140252B2 (en) Phenylenediamine having a siloxane moiety, a liquid crystal alignment material including a polymer using the same, and a liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment material
TW200815878A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
TWI234677B (en) Varnish composition and liquid-crystal display element
JP5034411B2 (en) Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal display element
JP4026327B2 (en) Bisaniline derivatives
TW202227601A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TW202436598A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element